Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 4352:04736b4030ec v7.3.925
updated for version 7.3.925
Problem: Typos in source files.
Solution: Fix the typos. (Ken Takata)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 06 May 2013 04:24:17 +0200 |
parents | edd0bc1f26bd |
children | ba53304245f0 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
64 #endif | |
7 | 65 |
66 /* | |
67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
68 */ | |
681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
70 struct compl_S | |
7 | 71 { |
464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 81 }; |
82 | |
464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
85 | |
86 /* | |
87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 92 */ |
464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 96 |
825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
100 | |
657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
102 * are used. */ | |
103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
104 | |
665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
106 in compl_leader */ | |
107 | |
657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
110 the longest common string. */ | |
111 | |
874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
113 completions. */ | |
114 | |
115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
116 | |
449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 120 |
1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
124 | |
464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
132 * that is being completed */ | |
133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
134 * completion started */ | |
135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 137 |
3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
139 | |
449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
724 | 171 #endif |
659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
183 | |
184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
188 | |
661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 201 #endif |
7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
209 #endif | |
210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
215 #endif | |
216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
222 #endif | |
223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
225 #endif | |
449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
7 | 234 #endif |
692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
237 #endif | |
7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
250 #endif | |
251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
255 #endif | |
449 | 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
259 #endif | |
260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
3390 | 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
263 #endif | |
7 | 264 |
265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
267 | |
268 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
269 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
270 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
271 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 272 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 273 |
274 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
275 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
276 #endif | |
277 | |
278 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
279 | |
280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 281 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
282 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
283 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
284 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 285 #endif |
286 | |
287 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
288 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
289 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
290 | |
291 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
292 under the cursor */ | |
293 | |
294 /* | |
295 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
296 * | |
297 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
298 * 'i' normal insert command | |
299 * 'a' normal append command | |
300 * 'R' replace command | |
301 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
302 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
303 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
304 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
305 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
306 * | |
307 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
308 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
309 * | |
310 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
311 */ | |
312 int | |
313 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
314 int cmdchar; | |
315 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
316 long count; | |
317 { | |
318 int c = 0; | |
319 char_u *ptr; | |
320 int lastc; | |
1869 | 321 int mincol; |
7 | 322 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
323 int i; | |
324 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
326 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
327 #endif | |
328 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
330 int old_topfill = -1; | |
331 #endif | |
332 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
333 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 334 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 335 |
603 | 336 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
337 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
338 | |
7 | 339 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
340 * error message */ | |
341 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
342 | |
343 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
344 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
345 if (sandbox != 0) | |
346 { | |
347 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
348 return FALSE; | |
349 } | |
350 #endif | |
632 | 351 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
352 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 353 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 354 { |
355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
356 return FALSE; | |
357 } | |
7 | 358 |
359 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 360 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 361 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 362 { |
363 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
364 return FALSE; | |
365 } | |
7 | 366 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
367 #endif | |
368 | |
11 | 369 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
370 /* | |
371 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
372 */ | |
373 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
374 { | |
4027 | 375 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
376 | |
532 | 377 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 378 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
379 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
380 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
381 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
382 else | |
383 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
384 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 385 # endif |
11 | 386 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4027 | 387 |
388 /* Since Insert mode was not started yet a call to check_cursor_col() | |
389 * may have moved the cursor, especially with the "A" command. */ | |
390 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != save_cursor.col | |
391 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == save_cursor.lnum) | |
392 { | |
393 int save_state = State; | |
394 | |
395 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; | |
396 State = INSERT; | |
397 check_cursor_col(); | |
398 State = save_state; | |
399 } | |
11 | 400 } |
401 #endif | |
402 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
404 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
405 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
406 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
407 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
408 |
7 | 409 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
410 /* | |
411 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
412 * where the paste started. | |
413 */ | |
414 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
415 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
416 else | |
417 #endif | |
418 { | |
419 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
420 if (startln) | |
421 Insstart.col = 0; | |
422 } | |
1869 | 423 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 424 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
425 if (!did_ai) | |
426 ai_col = 0; | |
427 | |
428 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
429 { | |
430 ResetRedobuff(); | |
431 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
432 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
433 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
434 { | |
435 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
436 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
437 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
438 } | |
439 else | |
440 #endif | |
441 { | |
442 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
443 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
444 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
445 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
446 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
447 } | |
448 } | |
449 | |
450 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
451 { | |
452 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
453 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
454 { | |
455 beep_flush(); | |
456 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
457 State = INSERT; | |
458 } | |
459 else | |
460 #endif | |
461 State = REPLACE; | |
462 } | |
463 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
464 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
465 { | |
466 State = VREPLACE; | |
467 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
468 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
469 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
470 } | |
471 #endif | |
472 else | |
473 State = INSERT; | |
474 | |
475 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
476 | |
477 /* | |
478 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
479 * on a TAB or special character. | |
480 */ | |
481 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
482 | |
483 /* | |
484 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
485 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
486 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
487 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
488 */ | |
489 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
490 State |= LANGMAP; | |
491 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
492 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
493 #endif | |
494 | |
495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
496 setmouse(); | |
497 #endif | |
498 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
499 clear_showcmd(); | |
500 #endif | |
501 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
502 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
503 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
504 if (revins_on) | |
505 undisplay_dollar(); | |
506 revins_chars = 0; | |
507 revins_legal = 0; | |
508 revins_scol = -1; | |
509 #endif | |
510 | |
511 /* | |
512 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
513 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
514 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
515 */ | |
516 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
517 { | |
518 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
519 /* | |
520 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
521 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
522 */ | |
523 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
524 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
525 else | |
526 #endif | |
527 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
528 restart_edit = 0; | |
529 | |
530 /* | |
531 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
532 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
533 * correct in very rare cases). | |
534 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
535 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
536 */ | |
537 validate_virtcol(); | |
538 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 539 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 540 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
541 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
542 { | |
543 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
544 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
545 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
546 else if (has_mbyte) | |
547 { | |
474 | 548 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 549 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
550 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
551 } | |
552 #endif | |
553 } | |
230 | 554 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 555 } |
556 else | |
557 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
558 | |
559 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
560 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
561 | |
562 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
563 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
564 | |
565 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
566 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
567 #endif | |
568 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
569 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
570 #endif | |
571 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
572 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
573 * restarting. */ | |
574 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
575 foldOpenCursor(); | |
576 #endif | |
577 | |
578 /* | |
579 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
580 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
581 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
582 */ | |
583 i = 0; | |
644 | 584 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 585 i = showmode(); |
586 | |
587 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 588 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 589 |
590 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
591 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
592 #endif | |
593 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
594 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
595 #endif | |
596 | |
603 | 597 /* |
598 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
599 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
600 */ | |
7 | 601 ptr = get_inserted(); |
602 if (ptr == NULL) | |
603 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
604 else | |
605 { | |
606 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
607 vim_free(ptr); | |
608 } | |
609 | |
610 old_indent = 0; | |
611 | |
612 /* | |
613 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
614 */ | |
615 for (;;) | |
616 { | |
617 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
618 if (!revins_legal) | |
619 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
620 else | |
621 revins_legal = 0; | |
622 #endif | |
623 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
624 count = 0; | |
625 | |
626 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
627 { | |
628 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
629 count = 0; | |
630 goto doESCkey; | |
631 } | |
632 | |
633 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
634 if (!arrow_used) | |
635 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
636 | |
637 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
638 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
639 if (stuff_empty()) | |
640 { | |
641 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
642 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
643 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
644 } | |
645 | |
646 /* | |
647 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
648 */ | |
649 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
650 | |
651 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
652 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
653 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
654 * autocommand. */ | |
655 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
656 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
657 #endif | |
658 | |
659 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
660 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
661 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
662 foldOpenCursor(); | |
663 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
664 if (!char_avail()) | |
665 foldCheckClose(); | |
666 #endif | |
667 | |
668 /* | |
669 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
670 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
671 * redraw. | |
672 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
673 * something. | |
674 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
675 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
676 */ | |
677 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
678 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
679 && !did_backspace | |
680 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
681 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
682 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
683 #endif | |
684 ) | |
685 { | |
686 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
687 validate_cursor_col(); | |
688 | |
1869 | 689 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 690 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
691 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
692 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
693 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
694 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
695 #endif | |
696 )) | |
697 { | |
698 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
699 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
700 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
701 else | |
702 #endif | |
703 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
704 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
705 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
706 else | |
707 #endif | |
708 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
709 } | |
710 } | |
711 | |
712 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
713 update_topline(); | |
714 | |
715 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
716 | |
717 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
718 | |
719 /* | |
720 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
721 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
722 */ | |
661 | 723 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 724 |
725 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
726 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
727 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
728 #endif | |
729 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
730 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
731 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
732 do_check_cursorbind(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
733 #endif |
7 | 734 update_curswant(); |
735 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
736 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
737 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
738 #endif | |
739 | |
740 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
741 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
742 #endif | |
743 | |
744 /* | |
1526 | 745 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 746 */ |
747 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 748 do |
749 { | |
750 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
751 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 752 |
978 | 753 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
754 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
755 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
756 #endif | |
757 | |
7 | 758 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
759 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
760 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
761 #endif | |
762 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
763 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
764 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
765 #endif | |
766 | |
767 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 768 /* |
769 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 770 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
771 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 772 */ |
897 | 773 if (compl_started |
774 && pum_wanted() | |
775 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
776 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
777 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 778 { |
779 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
780 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 781 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
782 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 783 continue; |
784 | |
659 | 785 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
786 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 787 { |
659 | 788 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 789 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
790 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
791 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
792 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 793 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 794 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 795 { |
796 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
797 continue; | |
798 } | |
799 | |
1430 | 800 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
801 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
802 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 803 { |
3390 | 804 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
805 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
806 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
807 char_u *p; | |
808 | |
809 if (str != NULL) | |
810 { | |
811 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
812 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
813 vim_free(str); | |
814 } | |
815 else | |
816 #endif | |
817 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
659 | 818 continue; |
819 } | |
665 | 820 |
887 | 821 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 822 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
823 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
824 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 825 { |
826 ins_compl_delete(); | |
827 ins_compl_insert(); | |
828 } | |
657 | 829 } |
830 } | |
831 | |
7 | 832 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
833 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 834 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 835 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 836 continue; |
7 | 837 #endif |
838 | |
477 | 839 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
840 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
841 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 842 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
843 { | |
844 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 845 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 846 ++no_mapping; |
847 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 848 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 849 --no_mapping; |
850 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 851 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 852 { |
477 | 853 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 854 vungetc(c); |
855 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
856 } | |
857 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
858 continue; | |
859 else | |
860 { | |
477 | 861 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
862 { | |
863 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
864 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
865 nomove = TRUE; | |
866 } | |
7 | 867 count = 0; |
868 goto doESCkey; | |
869 } | |
870 } | |
871 | |
872 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
873 c = do_digraph(c); | |
874 #endif | |
875 | |
876 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
877 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
878 goto docomplete; | |
879 #endif | |
880 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
881 { | |
882 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
883 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
884 continue; | |
885 } | |
886 | |
887 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
888 if (cindent_on() | |
889 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
890 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
891 # endif | |
892 ) | |
893 { | |
894 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
895 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
896 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
897 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
898 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
899 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
900 goto force_cindent; | |
901 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
902 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
903 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
904 } | |
905 #endif | |
906 | |
907 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
908 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
909 switch (c) | |
910 { | |
911 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
912 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
913 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
914 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
915 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
916 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
917 } | |
918 #endif | |
919 | |
920 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
921 /* | |
922 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
923 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
924 * characters. | |
925 */ | |
926 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
927 continue; | |
928 #endif | |
929 | |
930 /* | |
931 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
932 */ | |
933 switch (c) | |
934 { | |
449 | 935 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 936 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
937 break; | |
938 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
939 | |
449 | 940 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 941 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
942 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
943 { | |
944 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
945 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
946 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 947 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 948 goto doESCkey; |
949 } | |
950 #endif | |
951 | |
952 #ifdef UNIX | |
953 do_intr: | |
954 #endif | |
955 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
956 * Insert mode */ | |
957 if (goto_im()) | |
958 { | |
959 if (got_int) | |
960 { | |
961 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
962 got_int = FALSE; | |
963 } | |
964 else | |
965 vim_beep(); | |
966 break; | |
967 } | |
968 doESCkey: | |
969 /* | |
970 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
971 */ | |
972 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
973 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 974 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 975 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
976 | |
477 | 977 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 978 { |
979 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
980 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
981 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
982 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 983 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 984 #endif |
7 | 985 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 986 } |
7 | 987 continue; |
988 | |
449 | 989 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
990 if (!p_im) | |
991 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
992 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
993 c = Ctrl_O; | |
994 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
995 | |
996 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 997 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 998 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 999 goto docomplete; |
1000 #endif | |
1001 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1002 break; | |
1003 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 1004 |
1005 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1006 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
1007 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
1008 { | |
1009 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
1010 nomove = TRUE; | |
1011 } | |
1012 #endif | |
449 | 1013 count = 0; |
1014 goto doESCkey; | |
1015 | |
464 | 1016 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
1017 case K_KINS: | |
1018 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
1019 break; | |
1020 | |
1021 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
1022 break; | |
1023 | |
449 | 1024 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
1025 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
1026 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
1027 goto doESCkey; | |
1028 #endif | |
1029 | |
1030 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
1031 case K_F1: | |
1032 case K_XF1: | |
1033 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
1034 if (p_im) | |
1035 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
1036 goto doESCkey; | |
1037 | |
1038 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
1039 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
1040 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 1041 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 1042 --no_mapping; |
1043 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
1044 break; | |
1045 #endif | |
1046 | |
1047 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1048 case NUL: |
1049 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1050 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1051 * error. */ | |
7 | 1052 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1053 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1054 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1055 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1056 break; | |
1057 | |
449 | 1058 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1059 ins_reg(); |
1060 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1061 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1062 break; | |
1063 | |
449 | 1064 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1065 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1066 break; | |
1067 | |
449 | 1068 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1069 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1070 break; |
1071 | |
1072 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1073 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1074 if (!p_ari) |
1075 goto normalchar; | |
1076 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1077 break; | |
1078 #endif | |
1079 | |
449 | 1080 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1081 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1082 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1083 goto docomplete; | |
1084 #endif | |
1085 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1086 | |
449 | 1087 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1088 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1089 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1090 { | |
449 | 1091 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1092 goto docomplete; | |
1093 break; | |
7 | 1094 } |
1095 # endif | |
1096 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1097 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1098 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1099 break; | |
1100 | |
449 | 1101 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1102 case K_KDEL: |
1103 ins_del(); | |
1104 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1105 break; | |
1106 | |
449 | 1107 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1108 case Ctrl_H: |
1109 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1110 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1111 break; | |
1112 | |
449 | 1113 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1114 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1115 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1116 break; | |
1117 | |
449 | 1118 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1119 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1120 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1121 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1122 goto docomplete; |
1123 # endif | |
7 | 1124 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1125 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1126 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1127 break; | |
1128 | |
1129 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1130 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1131 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1132 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1133 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1134 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1135 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1136 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1137 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1138 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1139 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1140 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1141 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1142 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1143 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1144 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1145 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1146 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1147 ins_mouse(c); | |
1148 break; | |
1149 | |
449 | 1150 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1151 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
7 | 1152 break; |
1153 | |
449 | 1154 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1155 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1156 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1158 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1159 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1160 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1162 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1163 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
7 | 1164 break; |
1165 #endif | |
692 | 1166 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1167 case K_TABLINE: | |
1168 case K_TABMENU: | |
1169 ins_tabline(c); | |
1170 break; | |
1171 #endif | |
7 | 1172 |
449 | 1173 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1174 break; |
1175 | |
661 | 1176 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1177 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1178 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1179 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1180 break; | |
1181 #endif | |
1182 | |
625 | 1183 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1184 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1185 * cancelled. */ | |
1186 case K_F4: | |
1187 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1188 goto normalchar; | |
1189 break; | |
1190 #endif | |
1191 | |
7 | 1192 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1193 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1194 ins_scroll(); | |
1195 break; | |
1196 | |
1197 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1198 ins_horscroll(); | |
1199 break; | |
1200 #endif | |
1201 | |
449 | 1202 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1203 case K_KHOME: |
1204 case K_S_HOME: | |
1205 case K_C_HOME: | |
1206 ins_home(c); | |
1207 break; | |
1208 | |
449 | 1209 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1210 case K_KEND: |
1211 case K_S_END: | |
1212 case K_C_END: | |
1213 ins_end(c); | |
1214 break; | |
1215 | |
449 | 1216 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1217 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1218 ins_s_left(); | |
1219 else | |
1220 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1221 break; |
1222 | |
449 | 1223 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1224 case K_C_LEFT: |
1225 ins_s_left(); | |
1226 break; | |
1227 | |
449 | 1228 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1229 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1230 ins_s_right(); | |
1231 else | |
1232 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1233 break; |
1234 | |
449 | 1235 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1236 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1237 ins_s_right(); | |
1238 break; | |
1239 | |
449 | 1240 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1241 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1242 if (pum_visible()) | |
1243 goto docomplete; | |
1244 #endif | |
180 | 1245 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1246 ins_pageup(); | |
1247 else | |
1248 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1249 break; |
1250 | |
449 | 1251 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1252 case K_PAGEUP: |
1253 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1254 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1255 if (pum_visible()) |
1256 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1257 #endif |
7 | 1258 ins_pageup(); |
1259 break; | |
1260 | |
449 | 1261 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1262 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1263 if (pum_visible()) | |
1264 goto docomplete; | |
1265 #endif | |
180 | 1266 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1267 ins_pagedown(); | |
1268 else | |
1269 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1270 break; |
1271 | |
449 | 1272 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1273 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1274 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1275 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1276 if (pum_visible()) |
1277 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1278 #endif |
7 | 1279 ins_pagedown(); |
1280 break; | |
1281 | |
1282 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1283 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1284 ins_drop(); |
1285 break; | |
1286 #endif | |
1287 | |
449 | 1288 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1289 c = TAB; |
1290 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1291 | |
449 | 1292 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1293 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1294 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1295 goto docomplete; | |
1296 #endif | |
1297 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1298 if (ins_tab()) | |
1299 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1300 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1301 break; | |
1302 | |
449 | 1303 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1304 c = CAR; |
1305 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1306 case CAR: | |
1307 case NL: | |
1308 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1309 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1310 * cursor. */ | |
1311 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1312 { | |
644 | 1313 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1314 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1315 else /* location list window */ | |
1316 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1317 break; |
1318 } | |
1319 #endif | |
1320 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1321 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1322 { | |
1323 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1324 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1325 goto doESCkey; | |
1326 } | |
1327 #endif | |
1328 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1329 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1330 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1331 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1332 break; | |
1333 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1334 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
449 | 1335 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1336 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1337 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1338 { | |
449 | 1339 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1340 goto docomplete; | |
1341 break; | |
7 | 1342 } |
1343 # endif | |
1344 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1345 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1346 if (c == NUL) | |
1347 break; | |
1348 # endif | |
1349 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1350 #endif |
7 | 1351 |
1352 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1353 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1354 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1355 break; | |
1356 | |
449 | 1357 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1358 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1359 goto normalchar; | |
1360 goto docomplete; | |
1361 | |
449 | 1362 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1363 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1364 goto normalchar; | |
1365 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1366 |
1367 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1368 case Ctrl_S: | |
1369 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1370 goto normalchar; | |
1371 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1372 #endif |
1373 | |
449 | 1374 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1375 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1376 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1377 #endif | |
1378 { | |
1379 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1380 if (p_im) | |
1381 { | |
1382 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1383 break; | |
1384 goto doESCkey; | |
1385 } | |
1386 goto normalchar; | |
1387 } | |
1388 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1389 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1390 | |
449 | 1391 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1392 case Ctrl_N: |
1393 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1394 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1395 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1396 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1397 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1398 goto normalchar; |
1399 | |
1400 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1401 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1402 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1403 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1404 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1405 break; |
1406 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1407 | |
449 | 1408 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1409 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1410 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1411 break; |
1412 | |
1413 default: | |
1414 #ifdef UNIX | |
1415 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1416 goto do_intr; | |
1417 #endif | |
1418 | |
2845 | 1419 normalchar: |
7 | 1420 /* |
4352 | 1421 * Insert a normal character. |
7 | 1422 */ |
2845 | 1423 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1424 if (!p_paste) | |
1425 { | |
3390 | 1426 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
1427 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
1428 char_u *p; | |
1429 | |
1430 if (str != NULL) | |
2845 | 1431 { |
3390 | 1432 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
2845 | 1433 { |
3390 | 1434 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
1435 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
2845 | 1436 { |
3390 | 1437 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
1438 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
1439 ins_eol(c); | |
1440 else | |
1441 ins_char(c); | |
2845 | 1442 } |
3390 | 1443 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
2845 | 1444 } |
3390 | 1445 vim_free(str); |
1446 c = NUL; | |
2845 | 1447 } |
1448 | |
3390 | 1449 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
1450 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
2845 | 1451 if (c == NUL) |
1452 break; | |
1453 } | |
1454 #endif | |
7 | 1455 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
1456 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1457 ins_try_si(c); | |
1458 #endif | |
1459 | |
1460 if (c == ' ') | |
1461 { | |
1462 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1463 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1464 if (inindent(0)) | |
1465 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1466 #endif | |
1467 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1468 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1469 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1470 } | |
1471 | |
3448 | 1472 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
1473 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
1474 * inserting it. */ | |
1475 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
7 | 1476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1477 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1478 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1479 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1480 #endif | |
3584 | 1481 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
7 | 1482 { |
1483 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1484 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1485 revins_legal++; | |
1486 revins_chars++; | |
1487 #endif | |
1488 } | |
1489 | |
1490 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1491 | |
1492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1493 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1494 * closed fold. */ | |
1495 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1496 #endif | |
1497 break; | |
1498 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1499 | |
978 | 1500 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1501 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1502 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1503 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1504 #endif | |
1505 | |
7 | 1506 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1507 if (arrow_used) | |
1508 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1509 | |
1510 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1511 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1512 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1513 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1514 # endif | |
1515 ) | |
1516 { | |
1517 force_cindent: | |
1518 /* | |
1519 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1520 */ | |
1521 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1522 { | |
1523 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1524 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1525 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1526 } | |
1527 } | |
1528 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1529 | |
1530 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1531 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1532 } | |
1533 | |
1534 /* | |
1535 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1536 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1537 * option work correctly. | |
1538 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1539 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1540 */ | |
1541 static void | |
661 | 1542 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1543 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1544 { |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1549 #endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
7 | 1551 if (!char_avail()) |
1552 { | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1553 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
794 | 1554 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1555 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1556 if (ready && ( |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1557 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1558 has_cursormovedI() |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1559 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1560 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1561 || |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1562 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1563 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1564 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1566 ) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
794 | 1568 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 && !pum_visible() |
794 | 1570 # endif |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1571 ) |
661 | 1572 { |
1506 | 1573 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1574 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1575 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1576 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1577 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1578 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
1506 | 1579 update_screen(0); |
1580 # endif | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1581 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1582 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1583 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1584 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1585 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1586 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1587 { |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1588 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1589 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1590 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1591 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1592 # endif |
661 | 1593 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
1594 } | |
1595 #endif | |
4232 | 1596 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1597 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ | |
1598 if (!ready && has_textchangedI() | |
1599 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick | |
1600 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1601 && !pum_visible() | |
1602 # endif | |
1603 ) | |
1604 { | |
1605 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) | |
1606 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1607 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; | |
1608 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; | |
1609 } | |
1610 #endif | |
7 | 1611 if (must_redraw) |
1612 update_screen(0); | |
1613 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1614 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1615 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1616 if ((conceal_update_lines |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1617 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1618 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1619 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1620 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1621 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1622 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1623 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1624 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1625 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1626 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1627 # endif |
7 | 1628 showruler(FALSE); |
1629 setcursor(); | |
1630 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1631 } | |
1632 } | |
1633 | |
1634 /* | |
1635 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1636 */ | |
1637 static void | |
1638 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1639 { | |
1640 int c; | |
2811 | 1641 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 1642 |
1643 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1644 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1645 |
1646 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
2811 | 1647 { |
7 | 1648 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
2811 | 1649 did_putchar = TRUE; |
1650 } | |
7 | 1651 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
1652 | |
1653 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1654 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1655 #endif | |
1656 | |
1657 c = get_literal(); | |
2811 | 1658 if (did_putchar) |
1659 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
1660 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
1661 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 1662 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
1663 clear_showcmd(); | |
1664 #endif | |
1665 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1666 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1667 revins_chars++; | |
1668 revins_legal++; | |
1669 #endif | |
1670 } | |
1671 | |
1672 /* | |
1673 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1674 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1675 */ | |
1676 static int pc_status; | |
1677 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1678 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1679 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1680 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1681 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1682 static int pc_attr; | |
1683 static int pc_row; | |
1684 static int pc_col; | |
1685 | |
1686 void | |
1687 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1688 int c; | |
1689 int highlight; | |
1690 { | |
1691 int attr; | |
1692 | |
1693 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1694 { | |
1695 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1696 validate_cursor(); | |
1697 if (highlight) | |
1698 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1699 else | |
1700 attr = 0; | |
1701 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1702 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1703 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1704 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1705 #endif | |
1706 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1707 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1708 { | |
1709 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1710 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1711 if (has_mbyte) | |
1712 { | |
1713 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1714 | |
1715 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1716 { | |
1717 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1718 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1719 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1720 } | |
1721 } | |
1722 # endif | |
1723 } | |
1724 else | |
1725 #endif | |
1726 { | |
1727 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1728 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1729 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1730 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1731 #endif | |
1732 } | |
1733 | |
1734 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1735 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1736 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1737 #endif | |
1738 { | |
1739 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1740 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1741 } | |
1742 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1743 } | |
1744 } | |
1745 | |
1746 /* | |
1747 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1748 */ | |
1749 void | |
1750 edit_unputchar() | |
1751 { | |
1752 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1753 { | |
1754 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1755 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1756 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1757 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1758 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1759 else | |
1760 #endif | |
1761 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1762 } | |
1763 } | |
1764 | |
1765 /* | |
1766 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1767 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1768 */ | |
1769 void | |
1770 display_dollar(col) | |
1771 colnr_T col; | |
1772 { | |
1773 colnr_T save_col; | |
1774 | |
1775 if (!redrawing()) | |
1776 return; | |
1777 | |
1778 cursor_off(); | |
1779 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1780 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1781 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1782 if (has_mbyte) | |
1783 { | |
1784 char_u *p; | |
1785 | |
1786 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1787 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1788 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1789 } | |
1790 #endif | |
1791 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1792 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1793 { | |
1794 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1795 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1796 } | |
1797 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1798 } | |
1799 | |
1800 /* | |
1801 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1802 * in insert mode. | |
1803 */ | |
1804 static void | |
1805 undisplay_dollar() | |
1806 { | |
3318 | 1807 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
1808 { | |
1809 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
7 | 1810 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
1811 } | |
1812 } | |
1813 | |
1814 /* | |
1815 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1816 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1817 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1818 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1819 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1820 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1821 */ | |
1822 void | |
1516 | 1823 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1824 int type; |
1825 int amount; | |
1826 int round; | |
1827 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1828 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1829 { |
1830 int vcol; | |
1831 int last_vcol; | |
1832 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1833 int new_cursor_col; | |
1834 int i; | |
1835 char_u *ptr; | |
1836 int save_p_list; | |
1837 int start_col; | |
1838 colnr_T vc; | |
1839 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1840 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1841 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1842 | |
1843 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1844 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1845 { | |
1846 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1847 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1848 } | |
1849 #endif | |
1850 | |
1851 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1852 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1853 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1854 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1855 vcol = vc; | |
1856 | |
1857 /* | |
1858 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1859 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1860 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1861 */ | |
1862 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1863 | |
1864 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1865 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1866 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1867 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1868 | |
1869 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1870 | |
1871 /* | |
1872 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1873 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1874 */ | |
1875 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1876 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1877 | |
1878 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1879 start_col = -1; | |
1880 | |
1881 /* | |
1882 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1883 */ | |
1884 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1885 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1886 else |
1887 { | |
1888 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1889 int save_State = State; | |
1890 | |
1891 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1892 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1893 State = INSERT; | |
1894 #endif | |
1516 | 1895 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1896 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1897 State = save_State; | |
1898 #endif | |
1899 } | |
1900 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1901 | |
1902 /* | |
1903 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1904 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1905 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1906 * non-blank character. | |
1907 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1908 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1909 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1910 */ | |
1911 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1912 { | |
1913 /* | |
1914 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1915 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1916 */ | |
1917 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1918 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1919 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1920 } | |
1921 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1922 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1923 else | |
1924 { | |
1925 /* | |
1926 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1927 */ | |
1928 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1929 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1930 |
1931 /* | |
1932 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1933 */ | |
1934 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1935 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1936 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1937 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1938 { | |
1939 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1941 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1942 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1943 else |
1944 #endif | |
1945 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1946 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1947 } | |
1948 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1949 | |
1950 /* | |
1951 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1952 * the right screen column. | |
1953 */ | |
1954 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1955 { | |
1869 | 1956 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1957 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1958 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1959 if (ptr != NULL) |
1960 { | |
1961 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1962 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1963 while (--i >= 0) | |
1964 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1965 ins_str(ptr); | |
1966 vim_free(ptr); | |
1967 } | |
1968 } | |
1969 | |
1970 /* | |
1971 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1972 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1973 */ | |
1974 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1975 } | |
1976 | |
1977 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1978 | |
1979 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1980 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1981 else | |
1869 | 1982 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1983 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1984 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1985 | |
1986 /* | |
1987 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1988 */ | |
1989 if (State & INSERT) | |
1990 { | |
1991 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1992 { | |
1993 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1994 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1995 else | |
1996 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1997 } | |
1998 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1999 ai_col = 0; | |
2000 else | |
2001 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
2002 } | |
2003 | |
2004 /* | |
2005 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
2006 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
2007 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
2008 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
2009 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
2010 */ | |
2011 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
2012 { | |
2013 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
2014 { | |
2015 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
2016 --start_col; | |
2017 } | |
2018 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
2019 { | |
2020 replace_push(NUL); | |
2021 if (replaced) | |
2022 { | |
2023 replace_push(replaced); | |
2024 replaced = NUL; | |
2025 } | |
2026 ++start_col; | |
2027 } | |
2028 } | |
2029 | |
2030 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
2031 /* | |
2032 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
2033 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
2034 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
2035 */ | |
2036 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
2037 { | |
2038 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
2039 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
2040 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
2041 return; | |
2042 | |
2043 /* Save new line */ | |
2044 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
2045 if (new_line == NULL) | |
2046 return; | |
2047 | |
2048 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
2049 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
2050 | |
2051 /* Put back original line */ | |
2052 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
2053 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
2054 | |
2055 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
2056 backspace_until_column(0); | |
2057 | |
2058 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
2059 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
2060 | |
2061 vim_free(new_line); | |
2062 } | |
2063 #endif | |
2064 } | |
2065 | |
2066 /* | |
2067 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
2068 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2069 * modes. | |
2070 */ | |
2071 void | |
2072 truncate_spaces(line) | |
2073 char_u *line; | |
2074 { | |
2075 int i; | |
2076 | |
2077 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
2078 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
2079 { | |
2080 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
2081 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
2082 } | |
2083 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
2084 } | |
2085 | |
2086 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
2087 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
2088 /* | |
2089 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2090 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 2091 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
2092 * character. | |
7 | 2093 */ |
2094 void | |
2095 backspace_until_column(col) | |
2096 int col; | |
2097 { | |
2098 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
2099 { | |
2100 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
2101 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 2102 replace_do_bs(col); |
2103 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
2104 break; | |
2105 } | |
2106 } | |
2107 #endif | |
2108 | |
2109 /* | |
2110 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
2111 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
2112 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
2113 */ | |
2114 static int | |
2115 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 2116 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 2117 { |
2118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2119 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
2120 { | |
1869 | 2121 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 2122 |
2123 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
2124 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
2125 * composing character. */ | |
2126 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 2127 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 2128 { |
2129 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
2130 | |
2131 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
2132 break; | |
2133 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
2134 } | |
2135 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
2136 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 2137 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 2138 } |
2139 else | |
2140 #endif | |
2141 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
2142 return TRUE; | |
2143 } | |
7 | 2144 |
2145 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
2146 /* | |
449 | 2147 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2148 */ | |
2149 static void | |
2150 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2151 { | |
2152 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2153 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2154 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2155 { | |
2156 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2157 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2158 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2159 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2160 else |
2161 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2162 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2163 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2164 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2165 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2166 showmode(); | |
2167 } | |
2168 } | |
2169 | |
2170 /* | |
2171 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2172 */ | |
2173 static int | |
2174 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2175 int dict_opt; | |
2176 { | |
703 | 2177 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2178 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2179 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2180 # endif | |
2181 ) | |
449 | 2182 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2183 { | |
2184 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2185 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2186 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2187 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2188 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2189 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2190 { | |
2191 vim_beep(); | |
2192 setcursor(); | |
2193 out_flush(); | |
2194 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2195 } | |
2196 return FALSE; | |
2197 } | |
2198 return TRUE; | |
2199 } | |
2200 | |
2201 /* | |
7 | 2202 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2203 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2204 */ | |
2205 int | |
2206 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2207 int c; | |
2208 { | |
2209 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2210 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2211 return TRUE; | |
2212 | |
610 | 2213 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2214 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2215 return TRUE; |
2216 | |
7 | 2217 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2218 { | |
2219 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2220 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2221 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2222 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2223 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2224 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2225 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2226 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
3229 | 2227 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
7 | 2228 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2229 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2230 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2231 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2232 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2233 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2234 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2235 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2236 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2237 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2238 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2239 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2240 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2241 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2242 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2243 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2244 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2245 #endif | |
2246 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2247 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2248 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2249 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2250 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2251 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2252 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2253 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2254 #endif |
477 | 2255 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2256 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2257 } |
2258 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2259 return FALSE; | |
2260 } | |
2261 | |
2262 /* | |
1430 | 2263 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2264 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2265 * is visible. | |
2266 */ | |
2267 static int | |
2268 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2269 int c; | |
2270 { | |
2271 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2272 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2273 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2274 | |
2275 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2276 { | |
2277 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2278 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2279 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2280 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2281 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2282 | |
2283 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2284 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2285 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2286 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2287 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2288 | |
2289 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2290 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2291 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2292 } | |
2293 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2294 } | |
2295 | |
2296 /* | |
659 | 2297 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2298 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2299 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2300 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2301 */ | |
2302 int | |
681 | 2303 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2304 char_u *str; |
2305 int len; | |
681 | 2306 int icase; |
7 | 2307 char_u *fname; |
2308 int dir; | |
464 | 2309 int flags; |
7 | 2310 { |
1353 | 2311 char_u *p; |
2312 int i, c; | |
2313 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2314 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2177 | 2315 int min_len; |
2004 | 2316 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2317 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2318 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2319 |
1436 | 2320 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2321 { |
2322 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2323 | |
2324 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2326 if (has_mbyte) | |
2327 { | |
2328 p = str; | |
2329 actual_len = 0; | |
2330 while (*p != NUL) | |
2331 { | |
2332 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2333 ++actual_len; | |
2334 } | |
2335 } | |
2336 else | |
2337 #endif | |
2338 actual_len = len; | |
2339 | |
2340 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2342 if (has_mbyte) | |
2343 { | |
2344 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2345 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2346 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2347 { |
1353 | 2348 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2349 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2350 } | |
2351 } | |
2352 else | |
2353 #endif | |
2354 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2355 | |
2177 | 2356 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
2357 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
2358 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
2359 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
2360 | |
1353 | 2361 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
1869 | 2362 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2363 if (wca != NULL) |
2364 { | |
2365 p = str; | |
2366 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2368 if (has_mbyte) | |
2369 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2370 else | |
2371 #endif | |
2372 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2373 | |
2374 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2375 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2376 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2377 { |
2378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2379 if (has_mbyte) | |
2380 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2381 else | |
2382 #endif | |
2383 c = *(p++); | |
2384 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2385 { |
1353 | 2386 has_lower = TRUE; |
2387 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2388 { | |
2389 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2390 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2391 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2392 break; | |
2393 } | |
7 | 2394 } |
2395 } | |
1353 | 2396 |
2397 /* | |
2398 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2399 * upper case. | |
2400 */ | |
2401 if (!has_lower) | |
2402 { | |
2403 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2404 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2405 { |
2406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2407 if (has_mbyte) | |
2408 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2409 else | |
2410 #endif | |
2411 c = *(p++); | |
2412 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2413 { | |
2414 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2415 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2416 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2417 break; | |
2418 } | |
2419 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2420 } | |
2421 } | |
2422 | |
2423 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2424 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2177 | 2425 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
7 | 2426 { |
1353 | 2427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2428 if (has_mbyte) | |
2429 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2430 else | |
2431 #endif | |
2432 c = *(p++); | |
2433 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2434 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2435 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2436 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2437 } |
1353 | 2438 |
1436 | 2439 /* |
1353 | 2440 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2441 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2442 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2443 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2444 */ | |
2445 p = IObuff; | |
2446 i = 0; | |
2447 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2449 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2450 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2451 else |
2452 #endif | |
2453 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2454 *p = NUL; | |
2455 | |
2456 vim_free(wca); | |
2457 } | |
7 | 2458 |
841 | 2459 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2460 flags, FALSE); | |
2461 } | |
2462 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2463 } |
2464 | |
2465 /* | |
2466 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2467 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2468 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2469 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2470 */ |
841 | 2471 static int |
944 | 2472 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2473 char_u *str; |
2474 int len; | |
681 | 2475 int icase; |
7 | 2476 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2477 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2478 int cdir; |
464 | 2479 int flags; |
944 | 2480 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2481 { |
464 | 2482 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2483 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2484 |
2485 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2486 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2487 return FAIL; |
7 | 2488 if (len < 0) |
2489 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2490 | |
2491 /* | |
2492 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2493 */ | |
944 | 2494 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2495 { |
2496 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2497 do |
2498 { | |
464 | 2499 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2500 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2501 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2502 return NOTDONE; | |
2503 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2504 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2505 } |
2506 | |
540 | 2507 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2508 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2509 | |
7 | 2510 /* |
2511 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2512 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2513 */ | |
659 | 2514 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2515 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2516 return FAIL; |
2517 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2518 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2519 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2520 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2521 { |
2522 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2523 return FAIL; |
7 | 2524 } |
681 | 2525 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2526 |
7 | 2527 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2528 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2529 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2530 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2531 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2532 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2533 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2534 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2535 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2536 else if (fname != NULL) |
2537 { | |
2538 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2539 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2540 } |
7 | 2541 else |
464 | 2542 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2543 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2544 |
2545 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2546 { | |
2547 int i; | |
2548 | |
2549 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2550 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2551 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2552 } | |
7 | 2553 |
2554 /* | |
2555 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2556 */ | |
449 | 2557 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2558 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2559 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2560 { | |
464 | 2561 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2562 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2563 } |
2564 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2565 { | |
464 | 2566 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2567 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2568 } | |
2569 if (match->cp_next) | |
2570 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2571 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2572 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2573 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2574 compl_first_match = match; |
2575 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2576 |
665 | 2577 /* |
2578 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2579 */ | |
2580 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2581 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2582 | |
7 | 2583 return OK; |
2584 } | |
2585 | |
2586 /* | |
681 | 2587 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2588 * match->cp_icase. | |
2589 */ | |
2590 static int | |
2591 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2592 compl_T *match; | |
2593 char_u *str; | |
2594 int len; | |
2595 { | |
2596 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2597 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2598 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2599 } | |
2600 | |
2601 /* | |
665 | 2602 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2603 */ | |
2604 static void | |
2605 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2606 compl_T *match; | |
2607 { | |
2608 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2609 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2610 int had_match; |
2611 | |
2612 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2613 { |
665 | 2614 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2615 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2616 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2617 { | |
2618 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2619 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2620 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2621 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2622 | |
2623 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2624 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2625 if (!had_match) | |
2626 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2627 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2628 } | |
2629 } | |
665 | 2630 else |
2631 { | |
2632 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2633 p = compl_leader; |
2634 s = match->cp_str; | |
2635 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2636 { |
2637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2638 if (has_mbyte) | |
2639 { | |
681 | 2640 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2641 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2642 } |
2643 else | |
2644 #endif | |
2645 { | |
681 | 2646 c1 = *p; |
2647 c2 = *s; | |
2648 } | |
2649 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2650 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2651 break; | |
2652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2653 if (has_mbyte) | |
2654 { | |
2655 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2656 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2657 } | |
2658 else | |
2659 #endif | |
2660 { | |
2661 ++p; | |
2662 ++s; | |
665 | 2663 } |
2664 } | |
2665 | |
2666 if (*p != NUL) | |
2667 { | |
2668 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2669 *p = NUL; | |
2670 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2671 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2672 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2673 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2674 | |
2675 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2676 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2677 if (!had_match) | |
2678 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2679 } | |
2680 | |
2681 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2682 } | |
2683 } | |
2684 | |
2685 /* | |
7 | 2686 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2687 * Frees matches[]. | |
2688 */ | |
2689 static void | |
681 | 2690 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2691 int num_matches; |
2692 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2693 int icase; |
7 | 2694 { |
2695 int i; | |
2696 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2697 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2698 |
464 | 2699 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2700 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2701 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2702 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2703 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2704 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2705 } | |
2706 | |
2707 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2708 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2709 */ | |
2710 static int | |
2711 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2712 { | |
464 | 2713 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2714 int count = 0; |
2715 | |
449 | 2716 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2717 { |
2718 /* | |
2719 * Find the end of the list. | |
2720 */ | |
449 | 2721 match = compl_first_match; |
2722 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2723 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2724 { | |
2725 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2726 ++count; |
2727 } | |
464 | 2728 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2729 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2730 } |
2731 return count; | |
2732 } | |
2733 | |
724 | 2734 /* |
2735 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2736 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2737 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2738 */ | |
2739 void | |
2740 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2741 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2742 list_T *list; |
2743 { | |
2744 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2745 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2746 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2747 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2748 | |
2749 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2750 return; | |
2751 | |
2632 | 2752 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
1869 | 2753 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2754 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2755 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2756 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2757 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2758 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2759 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2760 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2761 return; |
2762 | |
2763 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2764 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2765 | |
2766 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2767 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2768 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2769 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2770 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2771 |
2772 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2773 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2774 out_flush(); | |
2775 } | |
2776 | |
2777 | |
574 | 2778 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2779 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2780 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2781 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2782 | |
2783 /* | |
2784 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2785 */ | |
2786 static void | |
2787 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2788 { | |
2789 int h; | |
2790 | |
2791 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2792 { | |
2793 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2794 update_screen(0); | |
2795 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2796 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2797 } | |
2798 } | |
2799 | |
2800 /* | |
2801 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2802 */ | |
2803 static void | |
2804 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2805 { | |
2806 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2807 { | |
2808 pum_undisplay(); | |
2809 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2810 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2811 } | |
2812 } | |
2813 | |
2814 /* | |
2815 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2816 */ | |
2817 static int | |
2818 pum_wanted() | |
2819 { | |
707 | 2820 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2821 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2822 return FALSE; |
2823 | |
2824 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2825 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2826 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2827 && !gui.in_use | |
2828 #endif | |
2829 ) | |
2830 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2831 return TRUE; |
2832 } | |
2833 | |
2834 /* | |
2835 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2836 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2837 */ |
2838 static int | |
707 | 2839 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2840 { |
2841 compl_T *compl; | |
2842 int i; | |
540 | 2843 |
2844 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2845 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2846 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2847 i = 0; | |
2848 do | |
2849 { | |
2850 if (compl == NULL | |
2851 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2852 break; | |
2853 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2854 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2855 | |
707 | 2856 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2857 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2858 return (i >= 2); |
2859 } | |
2860 | |
2861 /* | |
2862 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2863 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2864 */ |
648 | 2865 void |
540 | 2866 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2867 { | |
2868 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2869 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2870 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2871 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2872 int i; |
2873 int cur = -1; | |
2874 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2875 int lead_len = 0; |
2876 | |
707 | 2877 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2878 return; |
2879 | |
794 | 2880 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2881 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2882 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2883 #endif | |
2884 | |
540 | 2885 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2886 update_screen(0); | |
2887 | |
2888 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2889 { | |
2890 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2891 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2892 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2893 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2894 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2895 do |
2896 { | |
657 | 2897 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2898 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2899 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2900 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2901 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2902 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2903 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2904 return; | |
659 | 2905 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2906 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2907 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2908 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2909 { | |
829 | 2910 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2911 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2912 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2913 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2914 | |
540 | 2915 i = 0; |
2916 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2917 do | |
2918 { | |
657 | 2919 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2920 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2921 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2922 { |
659 | 2923 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2924 { | |
2925 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2926 { | |
2927 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2928 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2929 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2930 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2932 } | |
2933 else | |
2934 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2935 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2936 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2937 cur = i; |
659 | 2938 } |
786 | 2939 |
2940 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2941 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2942 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2943 else | |
2944 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2945 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2946 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2947 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2948 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2949 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2950 else |
2951 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2952 } | |
2953 | |
2954 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2955 { | |
2956 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2957 |
2958 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2959 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2960 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2961 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2962 | |
659 | 2963 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2964 { | |
2965 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2966 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2967 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2968 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2969 } | |
540 | 2970 } |
2971 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2972 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2973 |
2974 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2975 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2976 } |
2977 } | |
2978 else | |
2979 { | |
2980 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2981 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2982 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2983 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2984 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2985 { |
2986 cur = i; | |
657 | 2987 break; |
829 | 2988 } |
540 | 2989 } |
2990 | |
2991 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2992 { | |
2993 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2994 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2995 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2996 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2997 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2998 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2999 } | |
3000 } | |
3001 | |
7 | 3002 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
3003 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 3004 |
7 | 3005 /* |
703 | 3006 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
3007 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 3008 */ |
3009 static void | |
703 | 3010 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
3011 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 3012 char_u *pat; |
667 | 3013 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 3014 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
3015 { | |
3016 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 3017 char_u *ptr; |
3018 char_u *buf; | |
3019 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
3020 char_u **files; | |
3021 int count; | |
3022 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 3023 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 3024 |
703 | 3025 if (*dict == NUL) |
3026 { | |
744 | 3027 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3028 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
3029 * "spell". */ | |
3030 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
3031 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
3032 else | |
3033 #endif | |
3034 return; | |
3035 } | |
3036 | |
7 | 3037 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 3038 if (buf == NULL) |
3039 return; | |
1074 | 3040 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 3041 |
7 | 3042 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
3043 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
3044 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
3045 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 3046 |
3047 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
3048 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 3049 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 3050 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
3051 { | |
842 | 3052 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 3053 size_t len; |
842 | 3054 |
3055 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 3056 goto theend; |
1869 | 3057 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
3058 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 3059 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 3060 { |
3061 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 3062 goto theend; |
842 | 3063 } |
1869 | 3064 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 3065 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
3066 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 3067 vim_free(ptr); |
3068 } | |
3069 else | |
703 | 3070 { |
667 | 3071 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 3072 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
3073 goto theend; | |
3074 } | |
667 | 3075 |
7 | 3076 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
3077 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 3078 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 3079 { |
3080 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
3081 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
3082 { | |
3083 count = 1; | |
3084 files = &dict; | |
3085 } | |
3086 else | |
3087 { | |
3088 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
3089 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
3090 * a modeline). */ | |
3091 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 3092 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3093 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
3094 count = -1; | |
744 | 3095 else |
3096 # endif | |
3097 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 3098 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
3099 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
3100 count = 0; | |
3101 } | |
3102 | |
744 | 3103 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3104 if (count == -1) |
3105 { | |
712 | 3106 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
3107 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 3108 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
3109 ptr = pat + 2; | |
3110 else | |
3111 ptr = pat; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3112 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
703 | 3113 } |
3114 else | |
744 | 3115 # endif |
938 | 3116 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 3117 { |
3118 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
3119 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 3120 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 3121 FreeWild(count, files); |
3122 } | |
3123 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 3124 break; |
3125 } | |
703 | 3126 |
3127 theend: | |
7 | 3128 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
3129 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
3130 vim_free(buf); | |
3131 } | |
3132 | |
703 | 3133 static void |
3134 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
3135 int count; | |
3136 char_u **files; | |
3137 int thesaurus; | |
3138 int flags; | |
3139 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
3140 char_u *buf; | |
3141 int *dir; | |
3142 { | |
3143 char_u *ptr; | |
3144 int i; | |
3145 FILE *fp; | |
3146 int add_r; | |
3147 | |
3148 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
3149 { | |
3150 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
3151 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
3152 { | |
3153 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
3154 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3155 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3156 } |
3157 | |
3158 if (fp != NULL) | |
3159 { | |
3160 /* | |
3161 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3162 * Check each line for a match. | |
3163 */ | |
3164 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3165 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3166 { | |
3167 ptr = buf; | |
3168 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3169 { | |
3170 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3171 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3172 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3173 else | |
3174 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3175 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3176 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3177 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3178 if (thesaurus) |
3179 { | |
3180 char_u *wstart; | |
3181 | |
3182 /* | |
3183 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3184 */ | |
1353 | 3185 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3186 while (!got_int) |
3187 { | |
3188 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3189 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3190 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3191 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3192 break; | |
3193 wstart = ptr; | |
3194 | |
1353 | 3195 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3197 if (has_mbyte) | |
3198 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3199 * different classes, only separate words | |
3200 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3201 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3202 { | |
3203 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3204 | |
3205 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3206 break; | |
3207 ptr += l; | |
3208 } | |
3209 else | |
3210 #endif | |
3211 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3212 |
3213 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3214 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3215 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3216 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3217 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3218 } |
3219 } | |
3220 if (add_r == OK) | |
3221 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3222 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3223 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3224 break; | |
3225 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3226 * of line */ | |
3227 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3228 break; | |
3229 } | |
3230 line_breakcheck(); | |
3231 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3232 } | |
3233 fclose(fp); | |
3234 } | |
3235 } | |
3236 } | |
3237 | |
7 | 3238 /* |
3239 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3240 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3241 */ | |
3242 char_u * | |
3243 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3244 char_u *ptr; | |
3245 { | |
3246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3247 if (has_mbyte) | |
3248 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3249 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3250 else |
3251 #endif | |
3252 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3253 ++ptr; | |
3254 return ptr; | |
3255 } | |
3256 | |
3257 /* | |
3258 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3259 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3260 */ | |
3261 char_u * | |
3262 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3263 char_u *ptr; | |
3264 { | |
3265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3266 int start_class; | |
3267 | |
3268 if (has_mbyte) | |
3269 { | |
3270 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3271 if (start_class > 1) | |
3272 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3273 { | |
474 | 3274 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3275 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3276 break; | |
3277 } | |
3278 } | |
3279 else | |
3280 #endif | |
3281 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3282 ++ptr; | |
3283 return ptr; | |
3284 } | |
3285 | |
3286 /* | |
667 | 3287 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3288 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3289 */ | |
3290 static char_u * | |
3291 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3292 char_u *ptr; | |
3293 { | |
3294 char_u *s; | |
3295 | |
3296 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3297 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3298 --s; | |
3299 return s; | |
3300 } | |
3301 | |
3302 /* | |
7 | 3303 * Free the list of completions |
3304 */ | |
3305 static void | |
3306 ins_compl_free() | |
3307 { | |
464 | 3308 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3309 int i; |
7 | 3310 |
449 | 3311 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3312 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3313 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3314 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3315 |
3316 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3317 return; |
540 | 3318 |
3319 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3320 pum_clear(); | |
3321 | |
449 | 3322 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3323 do |
3324 { | |
449 | 3325 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3326 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3327 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3328 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3329 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3330 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3331 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3332 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3333 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3334 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3335 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3336 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3337 } |
3338 | |
3339 static void | |
3340 ins_compl_clear() | |
3341 { | |
449 | 3342 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3343 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3344 compl_matches = 0; | |
3345 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3346 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3347 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3348 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3349 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3350 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3351 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3352 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3353 } |
3354 | |
3355 /* | |
674 | 3356 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3357 */ | |
3358 int | |
3359 ins_compl_active() | |
3360 { | |
3361 return compl_started; | |
3362 } | |
3363 | |
3364 /* | |
659 | 3365 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3366 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3367 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3368 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3369 */ |
3370 static int | |
3371 ins_compl_bs() | |
3372 { | |
3373 char_u *line; | |
3374 char_u *p; | |
3375 | |
836 | 3376 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3377 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3378 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3379 | |
1430 | 3380 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3381 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3382 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3383 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3384 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3385 return K_BS; |
3386 | |
874 | 3387 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3388 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3389 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3078 | 3390 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
874 | 3391 ins_compl_restart(); |
657 | 3392 |
3393 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3394 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3395 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3396 { | |
874 | 3397 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
4205 | 3398 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) |
3399 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ | |
3400 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
874 | 3401 return NUL; |
3402 } | |
3403 return K_BS; | |
3404 } | |
3405 | |
3406 /* | |
3078 | 3407 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
3408 * be called. | |
3409 */ | |
3410 static int | |
3411 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
3412 { | |
3413 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
3414 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
3415 return compl_was_interrupted | |
3416 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
3417 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
3418 } | |
3419 | |
3420 /* | |
874 | 3421 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
3422 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3423 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3424 */ | |
3425 static void | |
3426 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3427 { | |
3428 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3429 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3430 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3431 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3432 | |
3433 if (compl_started) | |
3434 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3435 else | |
3436 { | |
826 | 3437 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3438 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3439 #endif | |
3440 /* | |
3441 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3442 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3443 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3444 */ | |
3445 update_screen(0); | |
3446 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3447 if (gui.in_use) | |
3448 { | |
3449 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3450 setcursor(); | |
3451 out_flush(); | |
3452 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3453 } | |
3454 #endif | |
3455 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3456 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3457 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3458 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3459 } | |
3460 | |
887 | 3461 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
874 | 3462 |
3463 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3464 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3465 |
3466 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3467 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3468 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3469 } |
3470 | |
3471 /* | |
1782 | 3472 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3473 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3474 */ | |
3475 static int | |
3476 ins_compl_len() | |
3477 { | |
1869 | 3478 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3479 |
3480 if (off < 0) | |
3481 return 0; | |
3482 return off; | |
3483 } | |
3484 | |
3485 /* | |
657 | 3486 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3487 * matches. | |
3488 */ | |
3489 static void | |
3490 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3491 int c; | |
3492 { | |
3493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3494 int cc; | |
3495 | |
3496 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3497 { | |
3498 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3499 | |
3500 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3501 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3502 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3612 | 3503 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
3504 AppendToRedobuff(buf); | |
657 | 3505 } |
3506 else | |
3507 #endif | |
3602 | 3508 { |
657 | 3509 ins_char(c); |
3612 | 3510 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
3511 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
3602 | 3512 } |
657 | 3513 |
874 | 3514 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3078 | 3515 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
874 | 3516 ins_compl_restart(); |
3517 | |
3271 | 3518 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
3612 | 3519 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would |
3271 | 3520 * break redo. */ |
3521 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
3522 { | |
3523 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
3524 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3525 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
3271 | 3526 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3527 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
3528 } | |
874 | 3529 } |
3530 | |
3531 /* | |
3532 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3533 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3534 */ | |
3535 static void | |
3536 ins_compl_restart() | |
3537 { | |
3538 ins_compl_free(); | |
3539 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3540 compl_matches = 0; | |
3541 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3542 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3543 } |
3544 | |
3545 /* | |
3546 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3547 */ | |
3548 static void | |
3549 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3550 char_u *str; | |
3551 { | |
3552 char_u *p; | |
3553 | |
3554 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3555 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3556 { | |
3557 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3558 if (p != NULL) | |
3559 { | |
3560 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3561 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3562 } | |
657 | 3563 } |
3564 } | |
3565 | |
3566 /* | |
659 | 3567 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3568 * matches. | |
3569 */ | |
3570 static void | |
3571 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3572 { | |
3573 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3574 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3575 int c; |
887 | 3576 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3577 |
3578 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3579 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3580 { |
3581 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3582 * the leader. */ | |
3583 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3584 { | |
3585 p = NULL; | |
3586 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3587 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3588 { | |
987 | 3589 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3590 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3591 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3592 { | |
3593 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3594 break; | |
3595 } | |
3596 } | |
3597 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3598 return; | |
3599 } | |
3600 else | |
3601 return; | |
3602 } | |
659 | 3603 p += len; |
2845 | 3604 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
659 | 3605 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
3606 } | |
3607 | |
3608 /* | |
7 | 3609 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3610 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3611 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3612 */ |
540 | 3613 static int |
7 | 3614 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3615 int c; | |
3616 { | |
3617 char_u *ptr; | |
3618 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3619 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3620 |
3621 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3622 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3623 */ | |
3624 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3625 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3626 | |
1434 | 3627 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3628 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3629 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
540 | 3630 return retval; |
7 | 3631 |
665 | 3632 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3633 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3634 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3635 { | |
3636 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3637 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3638 } | |
3639 | |
7 | 3640 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3641 { | |
3642 /* | |
3643 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3644 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3645 */ | |
3646 switch (c) | |
3647 { | |
3648 case Ctrl_E: | |
3649 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3650 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3651 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3652 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3653 else | |
3654 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3655 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3656 showmode(); | |
3657 break; | |
3658 case Ctrl_L: | |
3659 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3660 break; | |
3661 case Ctrl_F: | |
3662 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3663 break; | |
3664 case Ctrl_K: | |
3665 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3666 break; | |
3667 case Ctrl_R: | |
3668 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3669 break; | |
3670 case Ctrl_T: | |
3671 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3672 break; | |
12 | 3673 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3674 case Ctrl_U: | |
3675 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3676 break; | |
449 | 3677 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3678 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3679 break; |
502 | 3680 #endif |
477 | 3681 case 's': |
3682 case Ctrl_S: | |
3683 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3684 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3685 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3686 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3687 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3688 #endif |
477 | 3689 break; |
7 | 3690 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3691 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3692 break; | |
3693 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3694 case Ctrl_I: | |
3695 case K_S_TAB: | |
3696 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3697 break; | |
3698 case Ctrl_D: | |
3699 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3700 break; | |
3701 #endif | |
3702 case Ctrl_V: | |
3703 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3704 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3705 break; | |
3706 case Ctrl_P: | |
3707 case Ctrl_N: | |
3708 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3709 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3710 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3711 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3712 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3713 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3714 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3715 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3716 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3717 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3718 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3719 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3720 default: | |
449 | 3721 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3722 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3723 * mode). | |
3724 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3725 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3726 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3727 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3728 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3729 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3730 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3731 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3732 { | |
449 | 3733 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3734 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3735 else |
449 | 3736 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3737 } |
3738 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3739 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3740 showmode(); | |
3741 break; | |
3742 } | |
3743 } | |
3744 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3745 { | |
3746 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3747 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3748 { | |
3749 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3750 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3751 else | |
3752 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3753 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3754 } | |
3755 showmode(); | |
3756 } | |
3757 | |
449 | 3758 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3759 { |
3760 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3761 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3762 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3763 showmode(); |
644 | 3764 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3765 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3766 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3767 { | |
3768 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3769 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3770 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3771 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3772 { |
3773 /* | |
836 | 3774 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3775 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3776 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3777 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3778 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3779 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3780 */ |
836 | 3781 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3782 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3783 else | |
3095 | 3784 ptr = NULL; |
3785 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
7 | 3786 } |
3787 | |
3788 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3789 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3790 #endif | |
3791 /* | |
3792 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3793 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3794 */ | |
449 | 3795 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3796 { |
3797 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3798 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3799 if (want_cindent) | |
3800 { | |
3801 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3802 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3803 } | |
3804 #endif | |
3805 } | |
3806 else | |
3807 { | |
1073 | 3808 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3809 | |
7 | 3810 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3811 if (prev_col > 0) |
3812 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3813 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3814 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3815 if (prev_col > 0 |
3816 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3817 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3818 } |
3819 | |
816 | 3820 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3821 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3822 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3823 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3824 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3825 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3826 retval = TRUE; |
3827 | |
816 | 3828 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3829 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3830 { | |
3831 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3832 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3833 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3834 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3835 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3836 retval = TRUE; |
3837 } | |
3838 | |
1698 | 3839 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3840 | |
7 | 3841 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3842 compl_started = FALSE; |
3843 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3844 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3845 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3846 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3847 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3848 { | |
3849 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3850 showmode(); | |
3851 } | |
3852 | |
3853 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3854 /* | |
3855 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3856 */ | |
3857 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3858 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3859 #endif | |
3676 | 3860 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3861 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
3862 * upon the completion. */ | |
3863 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3864 #endif | |
7 | 3865 } |
3866 } | |
4120 | 3867 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3868 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) | |
3869 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
3870 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ | |
3871 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3872 #endif | |
7 | 3873 |
3874 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3875 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3876 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3877 { | |
449 | 3878 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3879 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3880 } |
540 | 3881 |
3882 return retval; | |
7 | 3883 } |
3884 | |
3885 /* | |
3095 | 3886 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
3887 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
3888 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
3889 */ | |
3890 static void | |
3891 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
3892 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
3893 { | |
3894 int len; | |
3895 char_u *p; | |
3896 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
3897 | |
3898 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3899 { | |
3900 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3901 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3902 else | |
3903 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
3904 } | |
3905 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
3906 { | |
3907 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3908 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
3909 ; | |
3910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3911 if (len > 0) | |
3912 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
3913 #endif | |
3914 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3915 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3916 } | |
3917 else | |
3918 len = 0; | |
3919 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3920 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
3921 } | |
3922 | |
3923 /* | |
7 | 3924 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
3925 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3926 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3927 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3928 * | |
3929 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3930 */ | |
3931 static buf_T * | |
3932 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3933 buf_T *buf; | |
3934 int flag; | |
3935 { | |
3936 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3937 static win_T *wp; | |
3938 #endif | |
3939 | |
3940 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3941 { | |
3942 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3943 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3944 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3945 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3946 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3947 ; | |
3948 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3949 #else | |
3950 buf = curbuf; | |
3951 #endif | |
3952 } | |
3953 else | |
3954 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3955 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3956 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3957 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3958 && ((flag == 'U' |
3959 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3960 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3961 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3962 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3963 ; |
3964 return buf; | |
3965 } | |
3966 | |
12 | 3967 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3968 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3969 |
3970 /* | |
523 | 3971 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3972 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3973 */ |
659 | 3974 static void |
3975 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3976 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3977 char_u *base; |
3978 { | |
3078 | 3979 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
3980 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
502 | 3981 char_u *args[2]; |
3982 char_u *funcname; | |
3983 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 3984 win_T *curwin_save; |
3985 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
3078 | 3986 typval_T rettv; |
502 | 3987 |
3988 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3989 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3990 return; |
452 | 3991 |
3992 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3993 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3994 args[1] = base; |
3995 | |
3996 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 3997 curwin_save = curwin; |
3998 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
3078 | 3999 |
4000 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
3709 | 4001 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) |
3078 | 4002 { |
4003 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
4004 { | |
4005 case VAR_LIST: | |
4006 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
4007 break; | |
4008 case VAR_DICT: | |
4009 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
4010 break; | |
4011 default: | |
4012 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
4013 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
4014 break; | |
4015 } | |
4016 } | |
4017 | |
2631 | 4018 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
4019 { | |
4020 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
4021 goto theend; | |
4022 } | |
502 | 4023 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 4024 check_cursor(); |
4025 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
4026 { | |
4027 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
4028 goto theend; | |
4029 } | |
3078 | 4030 |
2631 | 4031 if (matchlist != NULL) |
4032 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
3078 | 4033 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
4034 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
2631 | 4035 |
4036 theend: | |
3078 | 4037 if (matchdict != NULL) |
4038 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
2631 | 4039 if (matchlist != NULL) |
4040 list_unref(matchlist); | |
724 | 4041 } |
4042 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
4043 | |
786 | 4044 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 4045 /* |
4046 * Add completions from a list. | |
4047 */ | |
4048 static void | |
4049 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
4050 list_T *list; | |
4051 { | |
4052 listitem_T *li; | |
4053 int dir = compl_direction; | |
4054 | |
659 | 4055 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 4056 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 4057 { |
786 | 4058 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
4059 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
4060 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 4061 else if (did_emsg) |
4062 break; | |
452 | 4063 } |
724 | 4064 } |
786 | 4065 |
4066 /* | |
3078 | 4067 * Add completions from a dict. |
4068 */ | |
4069 static void | |
4070 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
4071 dict_T *dict; | |
4072 { | |
3263 | 4073 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
4074 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
3078 | 4075 |
4076 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
4077 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
3263 | 4078 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
4079 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
4080 { | |
4081 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
3078 | 4082 |
4083 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
4084 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
4085 } | |
4086 | |
4087 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
3263 | 4088 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
4089 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
4090 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
3078 | 4091 } |
4092 | |
4093 /* | |
786 | 4094 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
4095 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
4096 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
4097 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
4098 */ | |
4099 int | |
4100 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
4101 typval_T *tv; | |
4102 int dir; | |
4103 { | |
4104 char_u *word; | |
867 | 4105 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 4106 int adup = FALSE; |
2632 | 4107 int aempty = FALSE; |
786 | 4108 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
4109 | |
4110 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
4111 { | |
4112 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
4113 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4114 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
4115 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4116 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
4117 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4118 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
4119 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
4120 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
4121 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
4122 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 4123 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 4124 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
2632 | 4125 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
4126 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
786 | 4127 } |
4128 else | |
4129 { | |
4130 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
4131 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
4132 } | |
2632 | 4133 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
786 | 4134 return FAIL; |
944 | 4135 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 4136 } |
724 | 4137 #endif |
12 | 4138 |
449 | 4139 /* |
4140 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 4141 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
4142 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 4143 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
4144 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 4145 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
4146 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 4147 */ |
4148 static int | |
659 | 4149 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 4150 pos_T *ini; |
4151 { | |
4152 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
4153 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
4154 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 4155 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
4156 certain type. */ | |
4157 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 4158 |
464 | 4159 pos_T *pos; |
4160 char_u **matches; | |
4161 int save_p_scs; | |
4162 int save_p_ws; | |
4163 int save_p_ic; | |
4164 int i; | |
4165 int num_matches; | |
4166 int len; | |
4167 int found_new_match; | |
4168 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
4169 char_u *ptr; | |
4170 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
4171 int dict_f = 0; | |
4172 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 4173 |
449 | 4174 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4175 { |
4176 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
4177 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
4178 found_all = FALSE; | |
4179 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 4180 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 4181 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 4182 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
4183 } | |
4184 | |
449 | 4185 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 4186 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 4187 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
4188 for (;;) | |
4189 { | |
4190 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4191 | |
449 | 4192 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 4193 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
4194 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
4195 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4196 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 4197 { |
4198 found_all = FALSE; | |
4199 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
4200 e_cpt++; | |
4201 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
4202 { | |
4203 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
4204 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
4205 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
4206 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
4207 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
4208 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
4209 type = 0; | |
4210 } | |
4211 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
4212 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
4213 { | |
4214 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
4215 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
4216 { | |
449 | 4217 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4218 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
4219 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
4220 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
4221 type = 0; | |
4222 } | |
4223 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
4224 { | |
4225 found_all = TRUE; | |
4226 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
4227 continue; | |
4228 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4229 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
4230 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
4231 } | |
274 | 4232 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 4233 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
4234 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
4235 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
3850 | 4236 ? ins_buf->b_fname |
4237 : ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 4238 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4239 } |
4240 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
4241 break; | |
4242 else | |
4243 { | |
4244 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4245 type = -1; | |
4246 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
4247 { | |
4248 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
4249 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4250 else | |
4251 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
4252 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
4253 { | |
4254 dict = e_cpt; | |
4255 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
4256 } | |
4257 } | |
4258 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4259 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
4260 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
4261 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
4262 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
4263 #endif | |
4264 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
4265 { | |
4266 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 4267 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 4268 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4269 } |
4270 else | |
4271 type = -1; | |
4272 | |
4273 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4274 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4275 | |
4276 found_all = TRUE; | |
4277 if (type == -1) | |
4278 continue; | |
4279 } | |
4280 } | |
4281 | |
4282 switch (type) | |
4283 { | |
4284 case -1: | |
4285 break; | |
4286 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4287 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4288 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4289 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4290 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4291 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4292 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4293 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4294 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4295 break; | |
4296 #endif | |
4297 | |
4298 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4299 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4300 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4301 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4302 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4303 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4304 ? p_tsr | |
4305 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4306 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4307 ? p_dict | |
4308 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4309 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4310 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4311 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4312 dict = NULL; |
4313 break; | |
4314 | |
4315 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4316 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4317 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4318 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4319 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4320 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4321 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4322 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4323 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4324 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4325 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4326 { | |
942 | 4327 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4328 } |
4329 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4330 break; | |
4331 | |
4332 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4333 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4334 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4335 { | |
4336 | |
4337 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4338 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
4242 | 4339 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); |
7 | 4340 } |
4341 break; | |
4342 | |
4343 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4344 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4345 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4346 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4347 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4348 break; |
4349 | |
12 | 4350 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4351 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4352 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4353 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4354 break; |
4355 #endif | |
4356 | |
477 | 4357 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4358 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4359 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4360 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4361 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4362 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4363 #endif |
4364 break; | |
4365 | |
7 | 4366 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4367 /* | |
4368 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4369 */ | |
4370 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4371 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4372 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4373 |
7 | 4374 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4375 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4376 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4377 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4378 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4379 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4380 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4381 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4382 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4383 for (;;) | |
4384 { | |
464 | 4385 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4386 |
1007 | 4387 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4388 | |
540 | 4389 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4390 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4391 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4392 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4393 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4394 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4395 else |
659 | 4396 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4397 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4398 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4399 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4400 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4401 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4402 { |
667 | 4403 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4404 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4405 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4406 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4407 } | |
4408 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4409 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4410 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4411 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4412 { | |
4413 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4414 found_all = TRUE; | |
4415 break; | |
4416 } | |
4417 | |
4418 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4419 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4420 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4421 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4422 continue; | |
4423 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4424 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4425 { | |
449 | 4426 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4427 { |
4428 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4429 continue; | |
4430 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4431 if (!p_paste) | |
4432 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4433 } | |
4434 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4435 } | |
4436 else | |
4437 { | |
449 | 4438 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4439 | |
4440 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4441 { |
449 | 4442 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4443 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4444 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4445 continue; | |
4446 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4447 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4448 } | |
4449 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4450 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4451 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4452 | |
449 | 4453 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4454 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4455 { |
4456 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4457 { | |
4458 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4459 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4460 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4461 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4462 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4463 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4464 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4465 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4466 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4467 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4468 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4469 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4470 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4471 { | |
419 | 4472 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4473 { |
419 | 4474 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4475 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4476 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4477 if (p_js | |
419 | 4478 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4479 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4480 == NULL | |
419 | 4481 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4482 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4483 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4484 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4485 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4486 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4487 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4488 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4489 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4490 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4491 } |
4492 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4493 ptr = IObuff; | |
4494 } | |
449 | 4495 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4496 continue; |
4497 } | |
4498 } | |
942 | 4499 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4500 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4501 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4502 { |
4503 found_new_match = OK; | |
4504 break; | |
4505 } | |
4506 } | |
4507 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4508 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4509 } | |
540 | 4510 |
449 | 4511 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4512 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4513 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4514 found_new_match = OK; |
4515 | |
4516 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4517 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4518 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4519 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4520 { |
4521 if (got_int) | |
4522 break; | |
665 | 4523 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4524 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4525 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4526 |
540 | 4527 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4528 || compl_interrupted) | |
4529 break; | |
4530 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4531 } | |
4532 else | |
4533 { | |
4534 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4535 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4536 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4537 | |
4538 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4539 } | |
449 | 4540 } |
4541 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4542 |
4543 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4544 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4545 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4546 | |
4547 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4548 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4549 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4550 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4551 | |
4552 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4553 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4554 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4555 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4556 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4557 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4558 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4559 return i; |
4560 } | |
4561 | |
4562 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4563 static void | |
4564 ins_compl_delete() | |
4565 { | |
4566 int i; | |
4567 | |
4568 /* | |
4569 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4570 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4571 */ | |
449 | 4572 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4573 backspace_until_column(i); |
4574 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4575 } | |
4576 | |
4577 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4578 static void | |
4579 ins_compl_insert() | |
4580 { | |
1782 | 4581 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4582 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4583 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4584 else | |
4585 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4586 } |
4587 | |
4588 /* | |
4589 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4590 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4591 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4592 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4593 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4594 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4595 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4596 * | |
449 | 4597 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4598 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4599 * |
4600 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4601 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4602 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4603 */ |
4604 static int | |
665 | 4605 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4606 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4607 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4608 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4609 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4610 { |
4611 int num_matches = -1; | |
4612 int i; | |
610 | 4613 int todo = count; |
657 | 4614 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4615 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4616 int advance; |
7 | 4617 |
3271 | 4618 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
4619 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
4620 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
4621 return -1; | |
4622 | |
665 | 4623 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4624 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4625 { | |
4626 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4627 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4628 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4629 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4630 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4631 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4632 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4633 |
4634 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4635 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4636 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4637 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4638 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4639 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4640 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4641 { | |
4642 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4643 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4644 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4645 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4646 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4647 } | |
665 | 4648 } |
4649 | |
4650 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4651 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4652 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4653 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4654 |
836 | 4655 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4656 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4657 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4658 | |
874 | 4659 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4660 if (compl_restarting) | |
4661 { | |
4662 advance = FALSE; | |
4663 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4664 } | |
4665 | |
610 | 4666 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4667 * around. */ | |
4668 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4669 { | |
4670 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4671 { | |
4672 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4673 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4674 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4675 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4676 } |
4677 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4678 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4679 { | |
657 | 4680 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4681 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4682 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4683 } |
4684 else | |
610 | 4685 { |
909 | 4686 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4687 { | |
4688 if (advance) | |
4689 { | |
4690 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4691 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4692 else | |
4693 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4694 } | |
4695 return -1; | |
4696 } | |
4697 | |
836 | 4698 if (advance) |
4699 { | |
4700 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4701 --compl_pending; | |
4702 else | |
4703 ++compl_pending; | |
4704 } | |
657 | 4705 |
874 | 4706 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4707 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4708 |
4709 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4710 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4711 && advance) |
909 | 4712 { |
4713 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4714 { | |
4715 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4716 --compl_pending; | |
4717 } | |
4718 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4719 { | |
4720 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4721 ++compl_pending; | |
4722 } | |
4723 else | |
4724 break; | |
4725 } | |
657 | 4726 found_end = FALSE; |
4727 } | |
4728 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4729 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4730 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4731 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4732 ++todo; |
4733 else | |
4734 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4735 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4736 | |
4737 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4738 if (found_end) | |
4739 { | |
4740 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4741 { |
657 | 4742 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4743 break; | |
610 | 4744 } |
657 | 4745 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4746 } |
7 | 4747 } |
4748 | |
665 | 4749 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4750 if (insert_match) | |
4751 { | |
4752 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4753 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4754 else | |
1782 | 4755 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4756 } |
4757 else | |
4758 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4759 |
4760 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4761 { | |
540 | 4762 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4763 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4764 | |
665 | 4765 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4766 update_screen(0); | |
4767 | |
540 | 4768 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4769 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4770 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4771 if (gui.in_use) | |
4772 { | |
4773 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4774 setcursor(); | |
4775 out_flush(); | |
4776 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4777 } | |
4778 #endif | |
540 | 4779 |
7 | 4780 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4781 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4782 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4783 } | |
4784 | |
825 | 4785 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4786 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4787 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4788 | |
7 | 4789 /* |
4790 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4791 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4792 */ | |
464 | 4793 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4794 { |
4795 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4796 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4797 if (i <= 0) |
4798 i = 0; | |
4799 else | |
4800 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4801 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4802 msg(IObuff); |
4803 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4804 } | |
4805 | |
4806 return num_matches; | |
4807 } | |
4808 | |
4809 /* | |
4810 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4811 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4812 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4813 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4814 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4815 */ |
4816 void | |
464 | 4817 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4818 int frequency; | |
7 | 4819 { |
4820 static int count = 0; | |
4821 | |
4822 int c; | |
4823 | |
4824 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4825 * scripts */ | |
4826 if (using_script()) | |
4827 return; | |
4828 | |
4829 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4830 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4831 return; |
4832 count = 0; | |
4833 | |
909 | 4834 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4835 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4836 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4837 if (c != NUL) | |
4838 { | |
4839 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4840 { | |
4841 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4842 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4843 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4844 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4845 } |
909 | 4846 else |
4847 { | |
4848 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4849 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4850 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4851 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4852 { | |
4853 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4854 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4855 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4856 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4857 | |
4858 vungetc(c); | |
4859 } | |
909 | 4860 } |
449 | 4861 } |
716 | 4862 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4863 { |
4864 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4865 | |
4866 compl_pending = 0; | |
4867 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4868 } | |
610 | 4869 } |
4870 | |
4871 /* | |
4872 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4873 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4874 */ | |
4875 static int | |
4876 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4877 int c; | |
4878 { | |
665 | 4879 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4880 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4881 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4882 return BACKWARD; |
4883 return FORWARD; | |
4884 } | |
4885 | |
4886 /* | |
644 | 4887 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4888 * is visible. | |
4889 */ | |
4890 static int | |
4891 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4892 int c; | |
4893 { | |
4894 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4895 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4896 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4897 } |
4898 | |
4899 /* | |
610 | 4900 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4901 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4902 */ | |
4903 static int | |
4904 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4905 int c; | |
4906 { | |
4907 int h; | |
4908 | |
665 | 4909 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4910 { |
4911 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4912 if (h > 3) | |
4913 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4914 return h; | |
4915 } | |
4916 return 1; | |
7 | 4917 } |
4918 | |
4919 /* | |
681 | 4920 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4921 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4922 */ | |
4923 static int | |
4924 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4925 int c; | |
4926 { | |
4927 switch (c) | |
4928 { | |
4929 case K_UP: | |
4930 case K_DOWN: | |
4931 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4932 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4933 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4934 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4935 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4936 case K_S_UP: | |
4937 return FALSE; | |
4938 } | |
4939 return TRUE; | |
4940 } | |
4941 | |
4942 /* | |
7 | 4943 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4944 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4945 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4946 */ | |
4947 static int | |
4948 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4949 int c; |
7 | 4950 { |
449 | 4951 char_u *line; |
4952 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4953 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4954 int n; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4955 int save_w_wrow; |
7 | 4956 |
610 | 4957 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4958 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4959 { |
4960 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4961 | |
4962 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4963 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4964 did_si = FALSE; | |
4965 can_si = FALSE; | |
4966 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4967 #endif | |
4968 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4969 return FAIL; | |
4970 | |
4971 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4972 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4973 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4974 |
1430 | 4975 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4976 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4977 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4978 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4979 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4980 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4981 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4982 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4983 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4984 { |
4985 /* | |
4986 * it is a continued search | |
4987 */ | |
449 | 4988 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4989 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4990 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4991 { | |
449 | 4992 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4993 { |
449 | 4994 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4995 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4996 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4997 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4998 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4999 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
5000 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
5001 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 5002 } |
5003 else | |
5004 { | |
5005 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
5006 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 5007 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
5008 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 5009 { |
449 | 5010 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
5011 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
5012 line + compl_length | |
5013 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 5014 } |
449 | 5015 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 5016 } |
449 | 5017 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 5018 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 5019 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 5020 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 5021 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 5022 { |
449 | 5023 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
5024 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
5025 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 5026 } |
449 | 5027 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
5028 if (compl_length < 1) | |
5029 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 5030 } |
5031 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 5032 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 5033 else |
449 | 5034 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 5035 } |
5036 else | |
449 | 5037 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
5038 | |
5039 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
5040 { | |
5041 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 5042 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 5043 compl_cont_status = 0; |
5044 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
5045 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5046 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
5047 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 5048 } |
5049 | |
5050 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
5051 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
5052 { | |
449 | 5053 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 5054 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
5055 { | |
449 | 5056 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 5057 { |
449 | 5058 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5059 ; |
449 | 5060 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5061 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 5062 } |
5063 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 5064 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
5065 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 5066 else |
449 | 5067 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
5068 compl_length); | |
5069 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5070 return FAIL; |
5071 } | |
449 | 5072 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 5073 { |
5074 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
5075 | |
1872 | 5076 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 5077 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 5078 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 5079 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 5080 return FAIL; |
449 | 5081 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
5082 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 5083 && ( |
5084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 5085 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 5086 #else |
449 | 5087 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 5088 #endif |
5089 ))) | |
5090 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 5091 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
5092 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
5093 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 5094 } |
449 | 5095 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 5096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 5097 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 5098 #else |
449 | 5099 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 5100 #endif |
5101 ) | |
5102 { | |
5103 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 5104 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
5105 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5106 return FAIL; |
449 | 5107 compl_col += curs_col; |
5108 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 5109 } |
5110 else | |
5111 { | |
5112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5113 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
5114 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
5115 if (has_mbyte) | |
5116 { | |
5117 int base_class; | |
5118 int head_off; | |
5119 | |
449 | 5120 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
5121 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
5122 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 5123 { |
449 | 5124 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
5125 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
5126 - head_off)) | |
7 | 5127 break; |
449 | 5128 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 5129 } |
5130 } | |
5131 else | |
5132 #endif | |
449 | 5133 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5134 ; |
449 | 5135 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5136 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
5137 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 5138 { |
5139 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
5140 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
5141 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
5142 */ | |
449 | 5143 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
5144 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5145 return FAIL; |
449 | 5146 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
5147 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
5148 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 5149 } |
5150 else | |
5151 { | |
449 | 5152 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 5153 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 5154 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 5155 return FAIL; |
449 | 5156 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
5157 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
5158 compl_length); | |
7 | 5159 } |
5160 } | |
5161 } | |
5162 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5163 { | |
835 | 5164 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 5165 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
5166 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
5167 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 5168 if (p_ic) |
449 | 5169 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
5170 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 5171 else |
449 | 5172 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5173 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5174 return FAIL; |
5175 } | |
5176 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
5177 { | |
449 | 5178 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 5179 ; |
449 | 5180 compl_col += ++startcol; |
5181 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
5182 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
5183 EXPAND_FILES); | |
5184 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5185 return FAIL; |
5186 } | |
5187 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
5188 { | |
449 | 5189 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
5190 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 5191 return FAIL; |
449 | 5192 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
5193 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
5194 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
5195 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 5196 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
5197 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 5198 compl_col = curs_col; |
5199 else | |
935 | 5200 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
5201 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 5202 } |
523 | 5203 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 5204 { |
12 | 5205 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
5206 /* | |
502 | 5207 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
5208 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 5209 */ |
502 | 5210 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 5211 int col; |
502 | 5212 char_u *funcname; |
5213 pos_T pos; | |
2631 | 5214 win_T *curwin_save; |
5215 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
502 | 5216 |
523 | 5217 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 5218 * string */ |
5219 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5220 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
5221 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 5222 { |
5223 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5224 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 5225 return FAIL; |
523 | 5226 } |
452 | 5227 |
5228 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 5229 args[1] = NULL; |
5230 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2631 | 5231 curwin_save = curwin; |
5232 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
502 | 5233 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
2631 | 5234 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
5235 { | |
5236 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
5237 return FAIL; | |
5238 } | |
502 | 5239 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
2631 | 5240 check_cursor(); |
5241 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
5242 { | |
5243 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
5244 return FAIL; | |
5245 } | |
502 | 5246 |
3302 | 5247 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
3516 | 5248 * cancel the complete without an error. |
5249 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
3302 | 5250 if (col == -2) |
5251 return FAIL; | |
3516 | 5252 if (col == -3) |
5253 { | |
5254 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
5255 edit_submode = NULL; | |
5256 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
5257 return FAIL; | |
5258 } | |
3302 | 5259 |
3078 | 5260 /* |
5261 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
5262 * completion. | |
5263 */ | |
5264 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
5265 | |
452 | 5266 if (col < 0) |
523 | 5267 col = curs_col; |
452 | 5268 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 5269 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 5270 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 5271 |
5272 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
5273 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
5274 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 5275 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 5276 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5277 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 5278 #endif |
449 | 5279 return FAIL; |
5280 } | |
477 | 5281 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
5282 { | |
744 | 5283 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 5284 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
5285 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
5286 else | |
5287 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
5288 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 5289 { |
5290 compl_length = 0; | |
5291 compl_col = curs_col; | |
5292 } | |
5293 else | |
5294 { | |
5295 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
5296 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
5297 } | |
818 | 5298 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
5299 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 5300 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5301 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
5302 #endif | |
5303 return FAIL; | |
5304 } | |
449 | 5305 else |
5306 { | |
5307 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5308 return FAIL; | |
5309 } | |
5310 | |
5311 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5312 { |
5313 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5314 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5315 { | |
5316 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5317 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5318 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5319 | |
5320 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5321 #endif | |
449 | 5322 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5323 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5324 ins_eol('\r'); |
5325 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5326 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5327 #endif | |
449 | 5328 compl_length = 0; |
5329 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5330 } |
5331 } | |
5332 else | |
5333 { | |
5334 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5335 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5336 } | |
5337 | |
5338 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5339 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5340 else |
5341 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5342 | |
3095 | 5343 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
5344 * the redo buffer. */ | |
5345 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
5346 | |
694 | 5347 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5348 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5349 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5350 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5351 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5352 { |
5353 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5354 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5355 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5356 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5357 return FAIL; |
5358 } | |
5359 | |
5360 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5361 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5362 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5363 */ | |
5364 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5365 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5366 showmode(); | |
5367 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5368 out_flush(); | |
5369 } | |
5370 | |
449 | 5371 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5372 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5373 |
5374 /* | |
665 | 5375 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5376 */ |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5377 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
681 | 5378 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5379 |
540 | 5380 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5381 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5382 | |
449 | 5383 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5384 compl_matches = n; | |
5385 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5386 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5387 |
5388 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5389 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5390 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5391 { | |
5392 (void)vgetc(); | |
5393 got_int = FALSE; | |
5394 } | |
5395 | |
449 | 5396 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5397 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5398 { |
5399 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5400 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5401 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5402 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5403 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5404 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5405 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5406 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5407 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5408 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5409 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5410 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5411 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5412 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5413 } | |
5414 | |
464 | 5415 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5416 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5417 else |
449 | 5418 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5419 |
5420 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5421 { | |
464 | 5422 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5423 { |
5424 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5425 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5426 } | |
449 | 5427 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5428 { |
5429 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5430 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5431 } | |
464 | 5432 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5433 { |
5434 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5435 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5436 } | |
5437 else | |
5438 { | |
5439 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5440 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5441 { |
464 | 5442 int number = 0; |
5443 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5444 |
449 | 5445 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5446 { |
5447 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5448 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5449 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5450 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5451 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5452 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5453 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5454 { |
464 | 5455 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5456 break; |
5457 } | |
5458 if (match != NULL) | |
5459 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5460 * yet */ | |
540 | 5461 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5462 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5463 match = match->cp_next) |
5464 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5465 } |
5466 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5467 { | |
5468 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5469 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5470 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5471 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5472 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5473 match = match->cp_next) | |
5474 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5475 { |
464 | 5476 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5477 break; |
5478 } | |
5479 if (match != NULL) | |
5480 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5481 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5482 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5483 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5484 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5485 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5486 } |
5487 } | |
5488 | |
540 | 5489 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5490 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5491 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5492 { |
1063 | 5493 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5494 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5495 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5496 |
449 | 5497 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5498 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5499 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5500 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5501 else |
1063 | 5502 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5503 _("match %d"), | |
5504 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5505 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5506 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
3318 | 5507 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
7 | 5508 curs_columns(FALSE); |
5509 } | |
5510 } | |
5511 } | |
5512 | |
5513 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5514 showmode(); | |
5515 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5516 { | |
5517 if (!p_smd) | |
5518 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5519 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5520 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5521 } | |
5522 else | |
5523 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5524 | |
857 | 5525 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5526 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5527 { | |
5528 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5529 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5530 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5531 |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5532 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5533 setcursor(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5534 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5535 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5536 |
857 | 5537 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
5538 setcursor(); | |
5539 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5540 } | |
874 | 5541 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5542 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5543 |
7 | 5544 return OK; |
5545 } | |
5546 | |
5547 /* | |
5548 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5549 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5550 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5551 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5552 */ | |
1872 | 5553 static unsigned |
7 | 5554 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5555 char_u *dest; | |
5556 char_u *src; | |
5557 int len; | |
5558 { | |
1872 | 5559 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5560 | |
5561 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5562 { |
5563 switch (*src) | |
5564 { | |
5565 case '.': | |
5566 case '*': | |
5567 case '[': | |
5568 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5569 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5570 break; | |
5571 case '~': | |
5572 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5573 break; | |
5574 case '\\': | |
5575 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5576 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5577 break; | |
5578 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5579 case '$': | |
5580 m++; | |
5581 if (dest != NULL) | |
5582 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5583 break; | |
5584 } | |
5585 if (dest != NULL) | |
5586 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5587 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5588 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5589 if (has_mbyte) | |
5590 { | |
5591 int i, mb_len; | |
5592 | |
474 | 5593 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5594 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5595 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5596 { | |
5597 --len; | |
5598 ++src; | |
5599 if (dest != NULL) | |
5600 *dest++ = *src; | |
5601 } | |
5602 } | |
464 | 5603 # endif |
7 | 5604 } |
5605 if (dest != NULL) | |
5606 *dest = NUL; | |
5607 | |
5608 return m; | |
5609 } | |
5610 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5611 | |
5612 /* | |
5613 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5614 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5615 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5616 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5617 */ | |
5618 int | |
5619 get_literal() | |
5620 { | |
5621 int cc; | |
5622 int nc; | |
5623 int i; | |
5624 int hex = FALSE; | |
5625 int octal = FALSE; | |
5626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5627 int unicode = 0; | |
5628 #endif | |
5629 | |
5630 if (got_int) | |
5631 return Ctrl_C; | |
5632 | |
5633 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5634 /* | |
5635 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5636 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5637 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5638 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5639 */ | |
5640 if (gui.in_use) | |
5641 ++allow_keys; | |
5642 #endif | |
5643 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5644 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5645 #endif | |
5646 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5647 cc = 0; | |
5648 i = 0; | |
5649 for (;;) | |
5650 { | |
1389 | 5651 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5652 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5653 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5654 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5655 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5656 # endif | |
5657 ) | |
5658 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5659 #endif | |
5660 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5661 hex = TRUE; | |
5662 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5663 octal = TRUE; | |
5664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5665 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5666 unicode = nc; | |
5667 #endif | |
5668 else | |
5669 { | |
5670 if (hex | |
5671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5672 || unicode != 0 | |
5673 #endif | |
5674 ) | |
5675 { | |
5676 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5677 break; | |
5678 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5679 } | |
5680 else if (octal) | |
5681 { | |
5682 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5683 break; | |
5684 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5685 } | |
5686 else | |
5687 { | |
5688 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5689 break; | |
5690 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5691 } | |
5692 | |
5693 ++i; | |
5694 } | |
5695 | |
5696 if (cc > 255 | |
5697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5698 && unicode == 0 | |
5699 #endif | |
5700 ) | |
5701 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5702 nc = 0; | |
5703 | |
5704 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5705 { | |
5706 if (i >= 2) | |
5707 break; | |
5708 } | |
5709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5710 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5711 { | |
5712 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5713 break; | |
5714 } | |
5715 #endif | |
5716 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5717 break; | |
5718 } | |
5719 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5720 { | |
5721 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5722 { | |
5723 cc = '\n'; | |
5724 nc = 0; | |
5725 } | |
5726 else | |
5727 { | |
5728 cc = nc; | |
5729 nc = 0; | |
5730 } | |
5731 } | |
5732 | |
5733 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5734 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5735 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5736 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5737 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5738 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5739 #endif | |
7 | 5740 |
5741 --no_mapping; | |
5742 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5743 if (gui.in_use) | |
5744 --allow_keys; | |
5745 #endif | |
5746 if (nc) | |
5747 vungetc(nc); | |
5748 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5749 return cc; | |
5750 } | |
5751 | |
5752 /* | |
5753 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5754 */ | |
5755 static void | |
5756 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5757 int c; | |
5758 int allow_modmask; | |
5759 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5760 { | |
5761 char_u *p; | |
5762 int len; | |
5763 | |
5764 /* | |
5765 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5766 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5767 * mode. | |
5768 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5769 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5770 */ | |
5771 #ifdef MACOS | |
5772 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5773 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5774 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5775 #endif | |
5776 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5777 { | |
5778 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5779 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5780 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5781 if (len > 2) | |
5782 { | |
5783 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5784 return; | |
5785 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5786 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5787 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5788 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5789 } | |
5790 } | |
5791 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5792 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5793 } | |
5794 | |
5795 /* | |
5796 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5797 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5798 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5799 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5800 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5801 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5802 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5803 */ | |
5804 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5805 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5806 #else | |
5807 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5808 #endif | |
5809 | |
5810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5811 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5812 #else | |
5813 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5814 #endif | |
5815 | |
3584 | 5816 /* |
5817 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
5818 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
5819 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
5820 * | |
5821 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
5822 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
5823 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
5824 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
5825 */ | |
7 | 5826 void |
5827 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5828 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5829 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5830 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5831 { | |
5832 int textwidth; | |
5833 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5834 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5835 #endif |
7 | 5836 int fo_ins_blank; |
5837 | |
5838 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5839 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5840 | |
5841 /* | |
5842 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5843 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5844 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5845 * ends in white space. | |
5846 * - Otherwise: | |
5847 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5848 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5849 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5850 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5851 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5852 * before the insert. | |
5853 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5854 * before 'textwidth' | |
5855 */ | |
667 | 5856 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5857 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5858 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5859 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5860 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5861 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5862 #endif | |
5863 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5864 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5865 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5866 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5867 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5868 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5869 )))))) | |
5870 { | |
667 | 5871 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5872 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5873 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5874 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5875 | |
1563 | 5876 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5877 { |
5878 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5879 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5880 * was called. */ | |
5881 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5882 } | |
5883 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5884 #endif |
2004 | 5885 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5886 } |
5887 | |
7 | 5888 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5889 return; | |
5890 | |
5891 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5892 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5893 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5894 { | |
5895 char_u *line; | |
5896 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5897 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5898 int i; | |
5899 | |
5900 /* | |
5901 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5902 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5903 */ | |
3562 | 5904 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
7 | 5905 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
5906 { | |
5907 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5908 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5909 ++p; | |
5910 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5911 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5912 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5913 --middle_len; | |
5914 | |
5915 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5916 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5917 ++p; | |
5918 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5919 | |
5920 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5921 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5922 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5923 ; | |
5924 i++; | |
5925 | |
5926 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5927 i -= middle_len; | |
5928 | |
5929 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5930 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5931 { | |
5932 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5933 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5934 | |
5935 /* | |
5936 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5937 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5938 */ | |
5939 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5940 } | |
5941 } | |
5942 } | |
5943 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5944 #endif | |
5945 | |
5946 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5947 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5948 did_si = FALSE; | |
5949 can_si = FALSE; | |
5950 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5951 #endif | |
5952 | |
5953 /* | |
5954 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5955 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5956 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5957 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5958 * 'paste' is set).. | |
3390 | 5959 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
5960 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
7 | 5961 */ |
5962 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5963 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5964 #endif | |
5965 | |
5966 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5968 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5969 #endif | |
5970 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5971 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5972 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5973 && !cindent_on() | |
5974 #endif | |
5975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5976 && !p_ri | |
5977 #endif | |
3390 | 5978 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
5979 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
5980 #endif | |
7 | 5981 ) |
5982 { | |
5983 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5984 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5985 int i; | |
5986 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5987 | |
5988 buf[0] = c; | |
5989 i = 1; | |
667 | 5990 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5991 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5992 /* | |
5993 * Stop the string when: | |
5994 * - no more chars available | |
5995 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5996 * - buffer is full | |
5997 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5998 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5999 */ | |
6000 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
6001 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
6002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6003 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
6004 #endif | |
6005 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
6006 && (textwidth == 0 | |
6007 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
6008 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
6009 { | |
6010 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
6011 c = vgetc(); | |
6012 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
6013 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
6014 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
6015 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
6016 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
6017 # endif | |
6018 buf[i++] = c; | |
6019 #else | |
6020 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
6021 #endif | |
6022 } | |
6023 | |
6024 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
6025 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
6026 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
6027 #endif | |
6028 buf[i] = NUL; | |
6029 ins_str(buf); | |
6030 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
6031 { | |
6032 redo_literal(*buf); | |
6033 i = 1; | |
6034 } | |
6035 else | |
6036 i = 0; | |
6037 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 6038 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 6039 } |
6040 else | |
6041 { | |
6042 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 6043 int cc; |
6044 | |
7 | 6045 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
6046 { | |
6047 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
6048 | |
6049 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
6050 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
6051 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
6052 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6053 } | |
6054 else | |
6055 #endif | |
6056 { | |
6057 ins_char(c); | |
6058 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
6059 redo_literal(c); | |
6060 else | |
6061 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6062 } | |
6063 } | |
6064 } | |
6065 | |
6066 /* | |
667 | 6067 * Format text at the current insert position. |
3584 | 6068 * |
6069 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
6070 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
667 | 6071 */ |
6072 static void | |
2004 | 6073 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 6074 int textwidth; |
6075 int second_indent; | |
6076 int flags; | |
6077 int format_only; | |
2004 | 6078 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 6079 { |
6080 int cc; | |
6081 int save_char = NUL; | |
6082 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
6083 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
6084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6085 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
6086 #endif | |
6087 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
6088 int first_line = TRUE; | |
6089 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6090 colnr_T leader_len; | |
6091 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
6092 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
6093 #endif | |
6094 | |
6095 /* | |
6096 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
6097 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
6098 */ | |
2004 | 6099 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
6100 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6101 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6102 #endif | |
6103 ) | |
667 | 6104 { |
6105 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6106 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6107 { | |
6108 save_char = cc; | |
6109 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
6110 } | |
6111 } | |
6112 | |
6113 /* | |
6114 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
6115 */ | |
6116 while (!got_int) | |
6117 { | |
6118 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
6119 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
6120 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
6121 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
6122 colnr_T len; | |
6123 colnr_T virtcol; | |
6124 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6125 int orig_col = 0; | |
6126 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
6127 #endif | |
6128 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 6129 colnr_T end_col; |
6130 | |
6131 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
6132 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
6133 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 6134 break; |
6135 | |
6136 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6137 if (no_leader) | |
6138 do_comments = FALSE; | |
6139 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
6140 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
6141 do_comments = TRUE; | |
6142 | |
6143 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6144 if (do_comments) | |
3562 | 6145 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
667 | 6146 else |
6147 leader_len = 0; | |
6148 | |
6149 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
6150 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
6151 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
6152 * to start with %. */ | |
6153 if (leader_len == 0) | |
6154 no_leader = TRUE; | |
6155 #endif | |
6156 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
6157 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6158 && leader_len == 0 | |
6159 #endif | |
6160 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
6161 | |
6162 break; | |
6163 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
6164 break; | |
6165 | |
6166 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
6167 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
6168 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6169 | |
2004 | 6170 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 6171 foundcol = 0; |
6172 | |
6173 /* | |
6174 * Find position to break at. | |
6175 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
6176 */ | |
6177 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
3162 | 6178 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
667 | 6179 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
6180 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
6181 { | |
2004 | 6182 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
6183 cc = c; | |
6184 else | |
6185 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 6186 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6187 { | |
6188 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 6189 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 6190 |
6191 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
6192 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6193 { | |
6194 dec_cursor(); | |
6195 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6196 } | |
6197 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6198 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
6199 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6200 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6202 break; | |
6203 #endif | |
6204 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
6205 { | |
6206 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
6207 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6208 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 6209 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
6210 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
6211 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
6212 break; | |
6213 #endif | |
667 | 6214 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6215 dec_cursor(); | |
6216 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6217 | |
6218 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6219 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
6220 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6221 } | |
2004 | 6222 |
6223 inc_cursor(); | |
6224 | |
6225 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
6226 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6227 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 6228 break; |
6229 } | |
6230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 6231 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 6232 { |
6233 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 6234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
6235 { | |
6236 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6237 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6238 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6239 break; | |
6240 #endif | |
6241 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6242 inc_cursor(); | |
6243 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
6244 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
6245 { | |
6246 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6247 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
6248 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
6249 break; | |
6250 } | |
6251 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6252 } | |
6253 | |
6254 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6255 break; | |
6256 | |
6257 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6258 | |
6259 dec_cursor(); | |
6260 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6261 | |
6262 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6263 continue; /* break with space */ | |
6264 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6265 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6266 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6267 break; | |
6268 #endif | |
6269 | |
6270 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6271 | |
667 | 6272 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6273 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6274 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
6275 break; | |
667 | 6276 } |
6277 #endif | |
6278 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6279 break; | |
6280 dec_cursor(); | |
6281 } | |
6282 | |
6283 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
6284 { | |
6285 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
6286 break; | |
6287 } | |
6288 | |
6289 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
6290 undisplay_dollar(); | |
6291 | |
6292 /* | |
6293 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
6294 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
6295 * over the text instead. | |
6296 */ | |
6297 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6298 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6299 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
6300 else | |
6301 #endif | |
2004 | 6302 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 6303 |
6304 /* | |
6305 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
6306 * characters that will remain on top line | |
6307 */ | |
6308 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6309 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6310 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 6311 inc_cursor(); |
6312 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6313 if (startcol < 0) | |
6314 startcol = 0; | |
6315 | |
6316 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6317 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6318 { | |
6319 /* | |
6320 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
6321 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
6322 */ | |
6323 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
6324 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
6325 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
6326 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
6327 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
6328 | |
6329 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
6330 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6331 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
6332 } | |
6333 else | |
6334 #endif | |
6335 { | |
6336 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6337 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6338 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6339 } | |
6340 | |
6341 /* | |
6342 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6343 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6344 */ | |
6345 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6346 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6347 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6348 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
3584 | 6349 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
6350 #endif | |
6351 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
6352 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
6353 old_indent = 0; | |
667 | 6354 |
6355 replace_offset = 0; | |
6356 if (first_line) | |
6357 { | |
3584 | 6358 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
6359 { | |
6360 /* | |
3632 | 6361 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not |
6362 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST | |
6363 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen | |
6364 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will | |
6365 * recognize comments if needed... | |
3584 | 6366 */ |
6367 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
3632 | 6368 second_indent = |
6369 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
3584 | 6370 if (second_indent >= 0) |
6371 { | |
667 | 6372 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
3584 | 6373 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
6374 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
6375 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
6376 else | |
6377 #endif | |
3632 | 6378 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
6379 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) | |
6380 { | |
6381 int i; | |
6382 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; | |
6383 | |
6384 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list | |
6385 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has | |
6386 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned | |
6387 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we | |
6388 * add the additional whitespace needed after the | |
6389 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ | |
6390 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
6391 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
3650 | 6392 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); |
3632 | 6393 } |
6394 else | |
6395 { | |
6396 #endif | |
3584 | 6397 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); |
3632 | 6398 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
6399 } | |
6400 #endif | |
3584 | 6401 } |
667 | 6402 } |
6403 first_line = FALSE; | |
6404 } | |
6405 | |
6406 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6407 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6408 { | |
6409 /* | |
6410 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6411 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6412 */ | |
6413 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6414 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6415 } | |
6416 else | |
6417 #endif | |
6418 { | |
6419 /* | |
6420 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6421 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6422 */ | |
6423 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6424 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6425 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6426 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6427 } | |
6428 | |
6429 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6430 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6431 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6432 #endif | |
6433 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6434 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6435 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6436 did_si = FALSE; | |
6437 can_si = FALSE; | |
6438 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6439 #endif | |
6440 line_breakcheck(); | |
6441 } | |
6442 | |
6443 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6444 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6445 | |
6446 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6447 { | |
6448 update_topline(); | |
6449 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6450 } | |
6451 } | |
6452 | |
6453 /* | |
7 | 6454 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6455 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6456 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6457 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6458 * saved here. | |
6459 */ | |
6460 void | |
6461 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6462 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6463 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6464 { | |
6465 pos_T pos; | |
6466 colnr_T len; | |
6467 char_u *old; | |
6468 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6469 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6470 int cc; |
7 | 6471 |
6472 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6473 return; | |
6474 | |
6475 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6476 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6477 | |
6478 /* may remove added space */ | |
6479 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6480 | |
6481 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6482 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6483 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6484 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6485 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6486 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6487 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6488 { | |
6489 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6490 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6491 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6492 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6493 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6494 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6495 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6496 { |
6497 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6498 return; | |
6499 } | |
6500 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6501 } | |
6502 | |
6503 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6504 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6505 * comments. */ | |
6506 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
3562 | 6507 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
7 | 6508 return; |
6509 #endif | |
6510 | |
6511 /* | |
6512 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6513 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6514 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6515 */ | |
6516 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6517 { | |
6518 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6519 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6520 return; | |
6521 } | |
6522 | |
6523 /* | |
6524 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6525 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6526 */ | |
6527 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6528 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6529 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6530 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6531 | |
6532 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6533 { | |
6534 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6535 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6536 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6537 } | |
6538 else | |
6539 check_cursor_col(); | |
6540 | |
6541 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6542 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6543 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6544 * formatted. */ | |
6545 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6546 { | |
6547 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6548 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6549 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6550 { | |
6551 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6552 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6553 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6554 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6555 /* remove the space later */ | |
6556 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6557 } | |
6558 else | |
6559 /* may remove added space */ | |
6560 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6561 } | |
6562 | |
6563 check_cursor(); | |
6564 } | |
6565 | |
6566 /* | |
6567 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6568 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6569 * position. | |
6570 */ | |
6571 static void | |
6572 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6573 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6574 { | |
6575 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6576 int cc; |
7 | 6577 |
6578 if (did_add_space) | |
6579 { | |
301 | 6580 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6581 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6582 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6583 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6584 else | |
6585 { | |
6586 if (!end_insert) | |
6587 { | |
6588 inc_cursor(); | |
6589 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6590 dec_cursor(); | |
6591 } | |
6592 if (c != NUL) | |
6593 { | |
6594 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6595 del_char(FALSE); | |
6596 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6597 } | |
6598 } | |
6599 } | |
6600 } | |
6601 | |
6602 /* | |
6603 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6604 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6605 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6606 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6607 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6608 */ | |
6609 int | |
6610 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6611 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6612 { |
6613 int textwidth; | |
6614 | |
6615 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6616 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6617 { | |
6618 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6619 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6620 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6621 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6622 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6623 textwidth -= 1; | |
6624 #endif | |
6625 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6626 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6627 #endif | |
6628 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6629 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6630 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 6631 || netbeans_active() |
7 | 6632 # endif |
6633 ) | |
6634 textwidth -= 1; | |
6635 #endif | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6636 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 6637 textwidth -= 8; |
6638 } | |
6639 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6640 textwidth = 0; | |
6641 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6642 { | |
6643 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6644 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6645 textwidth = 79; | |
6646 } | |
6647 return textwidth; | |
6648 } | |
6649 | |
6650 /* | |
6651 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6652 */ | |
6653 static void | |
6654 redo_literal(c) | |
6655 int c; | |
6656 { | |
6657 char_u buf[10]; | |
6658 | |
6659 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6660 * three digits. */ | |
6661 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6662 { | |
1872 | 6663 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6664 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6665 } | |
6666 else | |
6667 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6668 } | |
6669 | |
6670 /* | |
6671 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6672 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6673 */ |
6674 static void | |
6675 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6676 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6677 { |
6678 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6679 { | |
6680 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6681 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6682 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6683 } | |
744 | 6684 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6685 check_spell_redraw(); |
6686 #endif | |
7 | 6687 } |
6688 | |
744 | 6689 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6690 /* |
6691 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6692 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6693 */ | |
6694 static void | |
6695 check_spell_redraw() | |
6696 { | |
6697 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6698 { | |
6699 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6700 | |
6701 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6702 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6703 } | |
6704 } | |
484 | 6705 |
6706 /* | |
6707 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6708 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6709 */ | |
6710 static void | |
6711 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6712 { | |
6713 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6714 | |
499 | 6715 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6716 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6717 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6718 } | |
221 | 6719 #endif |
6720 | |
7 | 6721 /* |
6722 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6723 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6724 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6725 */ | |
6726 int | |
6727 stop_arrow() | |
6728 { | |
6729 if (arrow_used) | |
6730 { | |
6731 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6732 { | |
6733 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6734 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6735 } | |
6736 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6737 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6738 ai_col = 0; |
6739 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6740 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6741 { | |
6742 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6743 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6744 } | |
6745 #endif | |
6746 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6747 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6748 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6749 } |
6750 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6751 { | |
6752 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6753 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6754 } | |
6755 | |
6756 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6757 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6758 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6759 #endif | |
6760 | |
6761 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6762 } | |
6763 | |
6764 /* | |
840 | 6765 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6766 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6767 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6768 */ |
6769 static void | |
6770 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6771 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6772 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6773 { |
603 | 6774 int cc; |
6775 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6776 |
6777 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6778 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6779 | |
6780 /* | |
603 | 6781 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6782 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6783 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6784 */ |
603 | 6785 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6786 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6787 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6788 { |
6789 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6790 last_insert = ptr; | |
6791 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6792 } | |
6793 else | |
6794 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6795 |
840 | 6796 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6797 { |
6798 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6799 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6800 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6801 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6802 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6803 { |
10 | 6804 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6805 | |
7 | 6806 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6807 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6808 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6809 cc = 'x'; | |
6810 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6811 { | |
6812 dec_cursor(); | |
6813 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6814 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6815 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6816 } |
6817 | |
6818 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6819 | |
10 | 6820 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6821 { | |
6822 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6823 inc_cursor(); | |
6824 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6825 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6826 * the "coladd". */ | |
6827 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6828 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6829 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6830 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6831 #endif | |
6832 } | |
7 | 6833 } |
6834 | |
6835 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6836 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6837 | |
6838 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6839 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6840 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6841 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6842 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6843 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6844 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6845 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6846 { |
10 | 6847 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6848 | |
6849 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6850 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6851 for (;;) |
6852 { | |
6853 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6854 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6855 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6856 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6857 break; | |
1892 | 6858 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6859 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6860 } |
10 | 6861 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6862 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6863 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6864 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6865 | |
6866 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6867 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6868 * deleted characters. */ | |
6869 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6870 { | |
1872 | 6871 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6872 | |
6873 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6874 { |
1872 | 6875 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6876 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6877 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6878 # endif | |
6879 } | |
6880 } | |
6881 #endif | |
6882 } | |
6883 } | |
6884 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6885 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6886 did_si = FALSE; | |
6887 can_si = FALSE; | |
6888 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6889 #endif | |
6890 | |
840 | 6891 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6892 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6893 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6894 { | |
6895 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6896 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6897 } | |
7 | 6898 } |
6899 | |
6900 /* | |
6901 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6902 * Used for the replace command. | |
6903 */ | |
6904 void | |
6905 set_last_insert(c) | |
6906 int c; | |
6907 { | |
6908 char_u *s; | |
6909 | |
6910 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6911 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6912 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6913 { | |
6914 s = last_insert; | |
6915 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6916 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6917 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6918 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6919 *s++ = ESC; | |
6920 *s++ = NUL; | |
6921 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6922 } | |
6923 } | |
6924 | |
359 | 6925 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6926 void | |
6927 free_last_insert() | |
6928 { | |
6929 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6930 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6931 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6932 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6933 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6934 # endif |
359 | 6935 } |
6936 #endif | |
6937 | |
7 | 6938 /* |
6939 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6940 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6941 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6942 */ | |
6943 char_u * | |
6944 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6945 int c; | |
6946 char_u *s; | |
6947 { | |
6948 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3549 | 6949 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
7 | 6950 int i; |
6951 int len; | |
6952 | |
6953 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6954 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6955 { | |
6956 c = temp[i]; | |
6957 #endif | |
6958 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6959 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6960 { | |
6961 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6962 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6963 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6964 } | |
6965 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6966 else if (c == CSI) | |
6967 { | |
6968 *s++ = CSI; | |
6969 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6970 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6971 } | |
6972 #endif | |
6973 else | |
6974 *s++ = c; | |
6975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6976 } | |
6977 #endif | |
6978 return s; | |
6979 } | |
6980 | |
6981 /* | |
6982 * move cursor to start of line | |
6983 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6984 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6985 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6986 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6987 */ | |
6988 void | |
6989 beginline(flags) | |
6990 int flags; | |
6991 { | |
6992 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6993 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6994 else | |
6995 { | |
6996 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6997 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6998 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6999 #endif | |
7000 | |
7001 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
7002 { | |
7003 char_u *ptr; | |
7004 | |
7005 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
7006 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
7007 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7008 } | |
7009 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7010 } | |
7011 } | |
7012 | |
7013 /* | |
7014 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
7015 * | |
7016 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 7017 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 7018 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
7019 */ | |
7020 | |
7021 int | |
7022 oneright() | |
7023 { | |
7024 char_u *ptr; | |
7025 int l; | |
7026 | |
7027 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
7028 if (virtual_active()) | |
7029 { | |
7030 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
7031 | |
7032 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
7033 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7034 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 7035 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 7036 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 7037 # else |
7 | 7038 *ptr |
773 | 7039 # endif |
7 | 7040 )) |
7041 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
7042 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7043 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
7044 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7045 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
7046 } | |
7047 #endif | |
7048 | |
7049 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 7050 if (*ptr == NUL) |
7051 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
7052 | |
7 | 7053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 7054 if (has_mbyte) |
7055 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 7056 else |
7057 #endif | |
773 | 7058 l = 1; |
7059 | |
7060 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
7061 * contains "onemore". */ | |
7062 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
7063 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
7064 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
7065 #endif | |
7066 ) | |
7067 return FAIL; | |
7068 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 7069 |
7070 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7071 return OK; | |
7072 } | |
7073 | |
7074 int | |
7075 oneleft() | |
7076 { | |
7077 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
7078 if (virtual_active()) | |
7079 { | |
7080 int width; | |
7081 int v = getviscol(); | |
7082 | |
7083 if (v == 0) | |
7084 return FAIL; | |
7085 | |
7086 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
7087 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
7088 width = 1; | |
7089 for (;;) | |
7090 { | |
7091 coladvance(v - width); | |
7092 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
7093 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
7094 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
7095 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7096 && !has_mbyte | |
7097 # endif | |
7098 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
7099 break; | |
7100 ++width; | |
7101 } | |
7102 # else | |
7103 coladvance(v - 1); | |
7104 # endif | |
7105 | |
7106 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
7107 { | |
7108 char_u *ptr; | |
7109 | |
7110 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
7111 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7112 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
7113 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7114 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
7115 # else | |
7116 *ptr | |
7117 # endif | |
7118 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
7119 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
7120 } | |
7121 | |
7122 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7123 return OK; | |
7124 } | |
7125 #endif | |
7126 | |
7127 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
7128 return FAIL; | |
7129 | |
7130 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
7131 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7132 | |
7133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7134 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
7135 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
7136 if (has_mbyte) | |
7137 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
7138 #endif | |
7139 return OK; | |
7140 } | |
7141 | |
7142 int | |
7143 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
7144 long n; | |
7145 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
7146 { | |
7147 linenr_T lnum; | |
7148 | |
7149 if (n > 0) | |
7150 { | |
7151 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 7152 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
7153 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
7154 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 7155 return FAIL; |
7156 if (n >= lnum) | |
7157 lnum = 1; | |
7158 else | |
7159 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7160 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
7161 { | |
7162 /* | |
7163 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
7164 */ | |
4352 | 7165 /* go to the start of the current fold */ |
7 | 7166 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
7167 | |
7168 while (n--) | |
7169 { | |
7170 /* move up one line */ | |
7171 --lnum; | |
7172 if (lnum <= 1) | |
7173 break; | |
7174 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
7175 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
7176 * in a moment. */ | |
7177 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
7178 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
7179 } | |
7180 if (lnum < 1) | |
7181 lnum = 1; | |
7182 } | |
7183 else | |
7184 #endif | |
7185 lnum -= n; | |
7186 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7187 } | |
7188 | |
7189 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
7190 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
7191 | |
7192 if (upd_topline) | |
7193 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
7194 | |
7195 return OK; | |
7196 } | |
7197 | |
7198 /* | |
7199 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
7200 */ | |
7201 int | |
7202 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
7203 long n; | |
7204 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
7205 { | |
7206 linenr_T lnum; | |
7207 | |
7208 if (n > 0) | |
7209 { | |
7210 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
7211 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7212 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
7213 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
7214 #endif | |
161 | 7215 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
4352 | 7216 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ |
161 | 7217 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
7218 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
7219 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 7220 return FAIL; |
7221 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7222 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
7223 else | |
7224 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7225 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
7226 { | |
7227 linenr_T last; | |
7228 | |
7229 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
7230 while (n--) | |
7231 { | |
7232 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
7233 lnum = last + 1; | |
7234 else | |
7235 ++lnum; | |
7236 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7237 break; | |
7238 } | |
7239 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7240 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
7241 } | |
7242 else | |
7243 #endif | |
7244 lnum += n; | |
7245 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7246 } | |
7247 | |
7248 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
7249 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
7250 | |
7251 if (upd_topline) | |
7252 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
7253 | |
7254 return OK; | |
7255 } | |
7256 | |
7257 /* | |
7258 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
7259 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
7260 * first have to remove the command. | |
7261 */ | |
7262 int | |
7263 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
7264 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
7265 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
7266 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
7267 { | |
7268 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
7269 char_u *ptr; | |
7270 char_u *last_ptr; | |
7271 char_u last = NUL; | |
7272 | |
7273 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
7274 if (ptr == NULL) | |
7275 { | |
7276 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
7277 return FAIL; | |
7278 } | |
7279 | |
7280 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
7281 if (c != NUL) | |
7282 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
7283 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
7284 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
7285 | |
7286 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
7287 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
7288 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
7289 */ | |
7290 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
7291 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
7292 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
7293 { | |
7294 last = *last_ptr; | |
7295 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
7296 } | |
7297 | |
7298 do | |
7299 { | |
7300 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
7301 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
7302 if (last) | |
7303 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
7304 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
7305 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
7306 } | |
7307 while (--count > 0); | |
7308 | |
7309 if (last) | |
7310 *last_ptr = last; | |
7311 | |
7312 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
7313 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
7314 | |
7315 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
7316 if (!no_esc) | |
7317 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
7318 | |
7319 return OK; | |
7320 } | |
7321 | |
7322 char_u * | |
7323 get_last_insert() | |
7324 { | |
7325 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7326 return NULL; | |
7327 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
7328 } | |
7329 | |
7330 /* | |
7331 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
7332 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
7333 */ | |
7334 char_u * | |
7335 get_last_insert_save() | |
7336 { | |
7337 char_u *s; | |
7338 int len; | |
7339 | |
7340 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7341 return NULL; | |
7342 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
7343 if (s != NULL) | |
7344 { | |
7345 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
7346 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
7347 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
7348 } | |
7349 return s; | |
7350 } | |
7351 | |
7352 /* | |
7353 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
7354 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
7355 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
7356 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
7357 */ | |
7358 static int | |
7359 echeck_abbr(c) | |
7360 int c; | |
7361 { | |
7362 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
7363 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
7364 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7365 return FALSE; | |
7366 | |
7367 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7368 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7369 } | |
7370 | |
7371 /* | |
7372 * replace-stack functions | |
7373 * | |
7374 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7375 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7376 * | |
7377 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7378 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7379 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7380 * | |
7381 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7382 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7383 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7384 * | |
7385 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7386 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7387 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7388 */ | |
7389 | |
298 | 7390 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7391 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7392 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7393 |
7394 void | |
7395 replace_push(c) | |
7396 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7397 { | |
7398 char_u *p; | |
7399 | |
7400 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7401 return; | |
7402 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7403 { | |
7404 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7405 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7406 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7407 { | |
7408 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7409 return; | |
7410 } | |
7411 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7412 { | |
7413 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7414 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7415 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7416 } | |
7417 replace_stack = p; | |
7418 } | |
7419 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7420 if (replace_offset) | |
7421 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7422 *p = c; | |
7423 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7424 } | |
7425 | |
1470 | 7426 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7427 /* | |
7428 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7429 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7430 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7431 */ | |
7432 int | |
7433 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7434 char_u *p; | |
7435 { | |
7436 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7437 int j; | |
7438 | |
7439 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7440 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7441 return l; | |
7442 } | |
7443 #endif | |
7444 | |
7 | 7445 /* |
7446 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7447 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7448 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7449 */ | |
7450 static int | |
7451 replace_pop() | |
7452 { | |
7453 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7454 return -1; | |
7455 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7456 } | |
7457 | |
7458 /* | |
7459 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7460 * encountered. | |
7461 */ | |
7462 static void | |
7463 replace_join(off) | |
7464 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7465 { | |
7466 int i; | |
7467 | |
7468 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7469 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7470 { | |
7471 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7472 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7473 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7474 return; | |
7475 } | |
7476 } | |
7477 | |
7478 /* | |
7479 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7480 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7481 */ | |
7482 static void | |
7483 replace_pop_ins() | |
7484 { | |
7485 int cc; | |
7486 int oldState = State; | |
7487 | |
7488 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7489 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7490 { | |
7491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7492 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7493 #else | |
7494 ins_char(cc); | |
7495 #endif | |
7496 dec_cursor(); | |
7497 } | |
7498 State = oldState; | |
7499 } | |
7500 | |
7501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7502 /* | |
7503 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7504 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7505 */ | |
7506 static void | |
7507 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7508 int cc; | |
7509 { | |
7510 int n; | |
3549 | 7511 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
7 | 7512 int i; |
7513 int c; | |
7514 | |
7515 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7516 { | |
7517 buf[0] = cc; | |
7518 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7519 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7520 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7521 } | |
7522 else | |
7523 ins_char(cc); | |
7524 | |
7525 if (enc_utf8) | |
7526 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7527 for (;;) | |
7528 { | |
7529 c = replace_pop(); | |
7530 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7531 break; | |
7532 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7533 { | |
7534 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7535 replace_push(c); | |
7536 break; | |
7537 } | |
7538 else | |
7539 { | |
7540 buf[0] = c; | |
7541 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7542 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7543 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7544 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7545 else | |
7546 { | |
7547 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7548 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7549 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7550 break; | |
7551 } | |
7552 } | |
7553 } | |
7554 } | |
7555 #endif | |
7556 | |
7557 /* | |
7558 * make the replace stack empty | |
7559 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7560 */ | |
7561 static void | |
7562 replace_flush() | |
7563 { | |
7564 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7565 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7566 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7567 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7568 } | |
7569 | |
7570 /* | |
7571 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7572 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7573 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7574 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7575 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7576 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7577 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7578 */ |
7579 static void | |
1782 | 7580 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7581 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7582 { |
7583 int cc; | |
7584 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7585 int orig_len = 0; | |
7586 int ins_len; | |
7587 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7588 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7589 char_u *p; | |
7590 int i; | |
7591 int vcol; | |
7592 #endif | |
7593 | |
7594 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7595 if (cc > 0) | |
7596 { | |
7597 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7598 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7599 { | |
7600 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7601 * going to delete. */ | |
7602 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7603 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7604 } | |
7605 #endif | |
7606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7607 if (has_mbyte) | |
7608 { | |
1782 | 7609 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7610 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7611 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7612 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7613 # endif |
7614 replace_push(cc); | |
7615 } | |
7616 else | |
7617 #endif | |
7618 { | |
7619 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7620 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7621 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7622 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7623 #endif |
7624 } | |
7625 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7626 | |
7627 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7628 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7629 { | |
7630 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7631 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7632 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7633 vcol = start_vcol; |
7634 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7635 { | |
7636 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7638 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7639 #endif |
7640 } | |
7641 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7642 | |
7643 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7644 * text aligned. */ | |
7645 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7646 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7647 { | |
7648 del_char(FALSE); | |
7649 ++orig_vcols; | |
7650 } | |
7651 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7652 } | |
7653 #endif | |
7654 | |
7655 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7656 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7657 } | |
7658 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7659 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7660 } |
7661 | |
7662 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7663 /* | |
7664 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7665 */ | |
7666 static int | |
7667 cindent_on() | |
7668 { | |
7669 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7670 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7671 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7672 # endif | |
7673 )); | |
7674 } | |
7675 #endif | |
7676 | |
7677 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7678 /* | |
7679 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7680 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7681 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7682 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7683 */ | |
7684 | |
7685 void | |
7686 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7687 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7688 { | |
1516 | 7689 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7690 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7691 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7692 } | |
7693 | |
7694 void | |
7695 fix_indent() | |
7696 { | |
7697 if (p_paste) | |
7698 return; | |
7699 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7700 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7701 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7702 # endif | |
7703 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7704 else | |
7705 # endif | |
7706 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7707 if (cindent_on()) | |
7708 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7709 # endif | |
7710 } | |
7711 | |
7712 #endif | |
7713 | |
7714 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7715 /* | |
7716 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7717 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
4352 | 7718 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) |
7 | 7719 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) |
7720 * | |
7721 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7722 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7723 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7724 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7725 * | |
7726 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7727 */ | |
7728 int | |
7729 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7730 int keytyped; | |
7731 int when; | |
7732 int line_is_empty; | |
7733 { | |
7734 char_u *look; | |
7735 int try_match; | |
7736 int try_match_word; | |
7737 char_u *p; | |
7738 char_u *line; | |
7739 int icase; | |
7740 int i; | |
7741 | |
2025 | 7742 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7743 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7744 return FALSE; | |
7745 | |
7 | 7746 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7747 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7748 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7749 else | |
7750 #endif | |
7751 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7752 while (*look) | |
7753 { | |
7754 /* | |
7755 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7756 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7757 */ | |
7758 switch (when) | |
7759 { | |
7760 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7761 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7762 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7763 } | |
7764 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7765 ++look; | |
7766 | |
7767 /* | |
7768 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7769 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7770 */ | |
7771 if (*look == '0') | |
7772 { | |
7773 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7774 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7775 try_match = FALSE; | |
7776 ++look; | |
7777 } | |
7778 else | |
7779 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7780 | |
7781 /* | |
7782 * does it look like a control character? | |
7783 */ | |
7784 if (*look == '^' | |
7785 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7786 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7787 #else | |
7788 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7789 #endif | |
7790 ) | |
7791 { | |
7792 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7793 return TRUE; | |
7794 look += 2; | |
7795 } | |
7796 /* | |
7797 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7798 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7799 */ | |
7800 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7801 { | |
7802 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7803 return TRUE; | |
7804 ++look; | |
7805 } | |
7806 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7807 { | |
7808 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7809 return TRUE; | |
7810 ++look; | |
7811 } | |
7812 | |
7813 /* | |
7814 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7815 * cursor. | |
7816 */ | |
7817 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7818 { | |
7819 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7820 { | |
7821 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7822 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7823 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7824 return TRUE; | |
7825 } | |
7826 ++look; | |
7827 } | |
7828 | |
7829 /* | |
7830 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7831 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7832 * class::method for C++). | |
7833 */ | |
7834 else if (*look == ':') | |
7835 { | |
7836 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7837 { | |
7838 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7839 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7840 || cin_islabel(30)) |
7 | 7841 return TRUE; |
1300 | 7842 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7843 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7844 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7845 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7846 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7847 { | |
7848 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7849 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
7 | 7850 || cin_islabel(30)); |
7851 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7852 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7853 if (i) | |
7854 return TRUE; | |
7855 } | |
7856 } | |
7857 ++look; | |
7858 } | |
7859 | |
7860 | |
7861 /* | |
7862 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7863 */ | |
7864 else if (*look == '<') | |
7865 { | |
7866 if (try_match) | |
7867 { | |
7868 /* | |
7869 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7870 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7871 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7872 */ | |
7873 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7874 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7875 return TRUE; | |
7876 | |
7877 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7878 return TRUE; | |
7879 } | |
7880 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7881 look++; | |
7882 while (*look == '>') | |
7883 look++; | |
7884 } | |
7885 | |
7886 /* | |
7887 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7888 */ | |
7889 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7890 { | |
7891 ++look; | |
7892 if (*look == '~') | |
7893 { | |
7894 icase = TRUE; | |
7895 ++look; | |
7896 } | |
7897 else | |
7898 icase = FALSE; | |
7899 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7900 if (p == NULL) | |
7901 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7902 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7903 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7904 { | |
7905 int match = FALSE; | |
7906 | |
7907 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7908 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7909 { | |
7910 char_u *s; | |
7911 | |
7912 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7913 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7914 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7915 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7916 if (has_mbyte) | |
7917 { | |
7918 char_u *n; | |
7919 | |
7920 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7921 { | |
7922 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7923 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7924 break; | |
7925 } | |
7926 } | |
7927 else | |
7928 # endif | |
7929 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7930 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7931 break; | |
7932 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7933 && (icase | |
7934 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7935 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7936 match = TRUE; | |
7937 } | |
7938 else | |
7939 #endif | |
7940 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7941 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7942 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7943 { | |
7944 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7945 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7946 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7947 && (icase | |
7948 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7949 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7950 == 0) | |
7951 match = TRUE; | |
7952 } | |
7953 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7954 { | |
7955 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7956 * word. */ | |
7957 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7958 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7959 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7960 match = FALSE; | |
7961 } | |
7962 if (match) | |
7963 return TRUE; | |
7964 } | |
7965 look = p; | |
7966 } | |
7967 | |
7968 /* | |
7969 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7970 */ | |
7971 else | |
7972 { | |
7973 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7974 return TRUE; | |
7975 ++look; | |
7976 } | |
7977 | |
7978 /* | |
7979 * Skip over ", ". | |
7980 */ | |
7981 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7982 } | |
7983 return FALSE; | |
7984 } | |
7985 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7986 | |
7987 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7988 /* | |
7989 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7990 */ | |
7991 int | |
7992 hkmap(c) | |
7993 int c; | |
7994 { | |
7995 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7996 { | |
7997 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7998 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7999 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
8000 static char_u map[26] = | |
8001 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
8002 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
8003 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
8004 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
8005 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
8006 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
8007 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
8008 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
8009 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
8010 | |
8011 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
8012 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
8013 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
8014 else if (c == 'x') | |
8015 return 'X'; | |
8016 else if (c == 'q') | |
8017 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
8018 else if (c == 246) | |
8019 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
8020 else if (c == 228) | |
8021 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
8022 else if (c == 252) | |
8023 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
8024 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
8025 else if (islower(c)) | |
8026 #else | |
8027 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
8028 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
8029 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
8030 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
8031 */ | |
8032 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
8033 #endif | |
8034 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
8035 else | |
8036 return c; | |
8037 } | |
8038 else | |
8039 { | |
8040 switch (c) | |
8041 { | |
8042 case '`': return ';'; | |
8043 case '/': return '.'; | |
8044 case '\'': return ','; | |
8045 case 'q': return '/'; | |
8046 case 'w': return '\''; | |
8047 | |
8048 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
8049 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
8050 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
8051 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
8052 default: { | |
8053 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
8054 | |
8055 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
8056 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
8057 if (!islower(c)) | |
8058 #else | |
8059 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
8060 #endif | |
8061 return c; | |
8062 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
8063 break; | |
8064 } | |
8065 } | |
8066 | |
8067 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
8068 } | |
8069 } | |
8070 #endif | |
8071 | |
8072 static void | |
8073 ins_reg() | |
8074 { | |
8075 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
8076 int regname; | |
8077 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 8078 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
8079 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
8080 #endif | |
7 | 8081 |
8082 /* | |
8083 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
8084 */ | |
8085 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
8086 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
8087 { | |
8088 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 8089 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 8090 |
8091 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
8092 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
8093 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
8094 #endif | |
8095 } | |
8096 | |
8097 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
8098 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
8099 #endif | |
8100 | |
8101 /* | |
8102 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
8103 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
8104 */ | |
8105 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 8106 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 8107 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
8108 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
8109 { | |
8110 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
8111 literally = regname; | |
8112 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
8113 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
8114 #endif | |
1389 | 8115 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 8116 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
8117 } | |
8118 --no_mapping; | |
8119 | |
8120 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
8121 /* | |
8122 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
8123 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
8124 */ | |
8125 ++no_u_sync; | |
8126 if (regname == '=') | |
8127 { | |
133 | 8128 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 8129 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 8130 # endif |
7 | 8131 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 8132 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 8133 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
8134 if (im_on) | |
8135 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 8136 # endif |
7 | 8137 } |
140 | 8138 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
8139 { | |
8140 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 8141 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 8142 } |
7 | 8143 else |
8144 { | |
8145 #endif | |
8146 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
8147 { | |
8148 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
8149 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
8150 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
8151 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
8152 | |
8153 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
8154 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
8155 } | |
8156 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
8157 { | |
8158 vim_beep(); | |
8159 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
8160 } | |
133 | 8161 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
8162 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
8163 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
8164 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
8165 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
8166 | |
7 | 8167 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
8168 } | |
8169 --no_u_sync; | |
8170 #endif | |
8171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
8172 clear_showcmd(); | |
8173 #endif | |
8174 | |
8175 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
8176 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
8177 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 8178 |
8179 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8180 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
8181 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
8182 end_visual_mode(); | |
8183 #endif | |
7 | 8184 } |
8185 | |
8186 /* | |
8187 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
8188 */ | |
8189 static void | |
8190 ins_ctrl_g() | |
8191 { | |
8192 int c; | |
8193 | |
8194 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8195 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
8196 setcursor(); | |
8197 #endif | |
8198 | |
8199 /* | |
8200 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
8201 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
8202 */ | |
8203 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 8204 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 8205 --no_mapping; |
8206 switch (c) | |
8207 { | |
8208 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
8209 case K_UP: | |
8210 case Ctrl_K: | |
8211 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
8212 break; | |
8213 | |
8214 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
8215 case K_DOWN: | |
8216 case Ctrl_J: | |
8217 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
8218 break; | |
8219 | |
8220 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 8221 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 8222 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 8223 |
8224 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 8225 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 8226 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 8227 break; |
8228 | |
8229 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
8230 default: vim_beep(); | |
8231 } | |
8232 } | |
8233 | |
8234 /* | |
449 | 8235 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
8236 */ | |
8237 static void | |
8238 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
8239 { | |
782 | 8240 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 8241 { |
8242 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
8243 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
8244 { | |
8245 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8246 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8247 } | |
8248 else | |
8249 { | |
8250 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
8251 State |= LANGMAP; | |
8252 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8253 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8254 #endif | |
8255 } | |
8256 } | |
8257 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8258 else | |
8259 { | |
8260 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
8261 if (im_get_status()) | |
8262 { | |
8263 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
8264 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8265 } | |
8266 else | |
8267 { | |
8268 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
8269 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8270 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
8271 } | |
8272 } | |
8273 #endif | |
8274 set_iminsert_global(); | |
8275 showmode(); | |
8276 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8277 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
8278 if (gui.in_use) | |
8279 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
8280 #endif | |
8281 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
8282 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
8283 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
8284 #endif | |
8285 } | |
8286 | |
8287 /* | |
7 | 8288 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
8289 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
8290 * insert. | |
8291 */ | |
8292 static int | |
477 | 8293 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 8294 long *count; |
8295 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 8296 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 8297 { |
8298 int temp; | |
8299 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8300 | |
744 | 8301 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 8302 check_spell_redraw(); |
8303 #endif | |
7 | 8304 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
8305 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
8306 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
8307 # endif | |
8308 if (composing_hangul) | |
8309 { | |
8310 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
8311 composing_hangul = 0; | |
8312 } | |
8313 #endif | |
8314 | |
8315 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8316 if (disabled_redraw) | |
8317 { | |
8318 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
8319 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8320 } | |
8321 if (!arrow_used) | |
8322 { | |
8323 /* | |
8324 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 8325 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
8326 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 8327 */ |
8328 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 8329 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 8330 |
8331 /* | |
8332 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
8333 * interrupt now and then. | |
8334 */ | |
8335 if (*count > 0) | |
8336 { | |
8337 line_breakcheck(); | |
8338 if (got_int) | |
8339 *count = 0; | |
8340 } | |
8341 | |
8342 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
8343 { | |
164 | 8344 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
8345 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8346 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8347 | |
7 | 8348 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8349 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8350 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8351 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8352 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8353 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8354 } | |
8355 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8356 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8357 } | |
8358 | |
8359 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8360 * indent */ | |
8361 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8362 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8363 | |
8364 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8365 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8366 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8367 | |
8368 /* | |
8369 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8370 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8371 */ |
477 | 8372 if (!nomove |
8373 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8374 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8375 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8376 #endif | |
477 | 8377 ) |
8378 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8379 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8380 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8381 && !VIsual_active |
8382 #endif | |
8383 )) | |
7 | 8384 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8385 && !revins_on | |
8386 #endif | |
8387 ) | |
8388 { | |
8389 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8390 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8391 { | |
8392 oneleft(); | |
8393 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8394 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8395 } | |
8396 else | |
8397 #endif | |
8398 { | |
8399 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8401 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8402 if (has_mbyte) | |
8403 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8404 #endif | |
8405 } | |
8406 } | |
8407 | |
8408 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8409 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8410 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8411 * well). */ | |
8412 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8413 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8414 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8415 #endif | |
8416 | |
8417 State = NORMAL; | |
8418 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8419 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8420 | |
8421 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8422 setmouse(); | |
8423 #endif | |
8424 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8425 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8426 #endif | |
8427 | |
8428 /* | |
8429 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8430 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8431 */ | |
8432 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8433 showmode(); | |
8434 else if (p_smd) | |
8435 MSG(""); | |
8436 | |
8437 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8438 } | |
8439 | |
8440 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8441 /* | |
8442 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8443 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8444 */ | |
8445 static void | |
8446 ins_ctrl_() | |
8447 { | |
8448 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8449 { | |
8450 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8451 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8452 } | |
8453 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8454 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8455 if (revins_on) | |
8456 { | |
8457 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8458 revins_legal++; | |
8459 revins_chars = 0; | |
8460 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8461 } | |
8462 else | |
8463 revins_scol = -1; | |
8464 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8465 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8466 { | |
8467 /* | |
8468 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8469 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8470 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8471 */ | |
8472 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8473 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8474 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8475 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8476 State = INSERT; | |
8477 } | |
8478 else | |
8479 #endif | |
8480 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8481 showmode(); | |
8482 } | |
8483 #endif | |
8484 | |
8485 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8486 /* | |
8487 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8488 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8489 */ | |
8490 static int | |
8491 ins_start_select(c) | |
8492 int c; | |
8493 { | |
8494 if (km_startsel) | |
8495 switch (c) | |
8496 { | |
8497 case K_KHOME: | |
8498 case K_KEND: | |
8499 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8500 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8501 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8502 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8503 # ifdef MACOS | |
8504 case K_LEFT: | |
8505 case K_RIGHT: | |
8506 case K_UP: | |
8507 case K_DOWN: | |
8508 case K_END: | |
8509 case K_HOME: | |
8510 # endif | |
8511 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8512 break; | |
8513 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8514 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8515 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8516 case K_S_UP: | |
8517 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8518 case K_S_END: | |
8519 case K_S_HOME: | |
8520 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8521 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8522 start_selection(); | |
8523 | |
8524 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8525 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8526 if (mod_mask) | |
8527 { | |
8528 char_u buf[4]; | |
8529 | |
8530 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8531 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8532 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8533 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8534 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8535 } | |
8536 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8537 return TRUE; | |
8538 } | |
8539 return FALSE; | |
8540 } | |
8541 #endif | |
8542 | |
8543 /* | |
4352 | 8544 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. |
449 | 8545 */ |
8546 static void | |
8547 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8548 int replaceState; | |
8549 { | |
8550 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8551 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8552 { | |
8553 beep_flush(); | |
8554 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8555 return; | |
8556 } | |
8557 #endif | |
8558 | |
8559 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8560 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8561 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8562 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8563 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8564 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8565 # endif | |
8566 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8567 # endif |
449 | 8568 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8569 #endif | |
8570 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8571 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8572 else | |
8573 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8574 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8575 showmode(); | |
8576 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8577 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8578 #endif | |
8579 } | |
8580 | |
8581 /* | |
8582 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8583 */ | |
8584 static void | |
8585 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8586 { | |
8587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8588 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8589 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8590 else | |
8591 #endif | |
8592 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8593 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8594 else | |
8595 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8596 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8597 if (virtual_active()) | |
8598 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8599 else | |
8600 #endif | |
8601 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8602 } | |
8603 | |
8604 /* | |
7 | 8605 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8606 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8607 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8608 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8609 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8610 */ | |
8611 static void | |
8612 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8613 int c; | |
8614 int lastc; | |
8615 { | |
8616 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8617 return; | |
8618 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8619 | |
8620 /* | |
8621 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8622 */ | |
1330 | 8623 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8624 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8625 { |
8626 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8627 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8628 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8629 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8630 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8631 if (lastc == '^') | |
8632 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8633 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8634 } |
8635 else | |
1516 | 8636 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8637 |
8638 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8639 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8640 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8641 did_si = FALSE; | |
8642 can_si = FALSE; | |
8643 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8644 #endif | |
8645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8646 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8647 #endif | |
8648 } | |
8649 | |
8650 static void | |
8651 ins_del() | |
8652 { | |
8653 int temp; | |
8654 | |
8655 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8656 return; | |
8657 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8658 { | |
8659 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8660 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
3562 | 8661 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 8662 vim_beep(); |
8663 else | |
8664 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8665 } | |
8666 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8667 vim_beep(); | |
8668 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8669 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8670 did_si = FALSE; | |
8671 can_si = FALSE; | |
8672 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8673 #endif | |
8674 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8675 } | |
8676 | |
1460 | 8677 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8678 | |
8679 /* | |
8680 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8681 */ | |
8682 static void | |
8683 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8684 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8685 { | |
8686 dec_cursor(); | |
8687 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8688 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8689 { | |
8690 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8691 * Replace mode */ | |
8692 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8693 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8694 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8695 } |
8696 else | |
8697 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8698 } | |
8699 | |
7 | 8700 /* |
8701 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8702 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8703 */ | |
8704 static int | |
8705 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8706 int c; | |
8707 int mode; | |
8708 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8709 { | |
8710 linenr_T lnum; | |
8711 int cc; | |
8712 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8713 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8714 colnr_T mincol; |
8715 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8716 int in_indent; | |
8717 int oldState; | |
8718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8719 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8720 #endif |
8721 | |
8722 /* | |
8723 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8724 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8725 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8726 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8727 */ | |
8728 if ( bufempty() | |
8729 || ( | |
8730 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8731 !revins_on && | |
8732 #endif | |
8733 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8734 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8735 && (arrow_used | |
8736 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8737 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8738 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8739 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8740 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8741 { | |
8742 vim_beep(); | |
8743 return FALSE; | |
8744 } | |
8745 | |
8746 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8747 return FALSE; | |
8748 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8749 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8750 if (in_indent) | |
8751 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8752 #endif | |
8753 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8754 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8755 #endif | |
8756 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8757 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8758 inc_cursor(); | |
8759 #endif | |
8760 | |
8761 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8762 /* Virtualedit: | |
8763 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8764 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8765 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8766 */ | |
8767 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8768 { | |
8769 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8770 { | |
8771 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8772 return TRUE; | |
8773 } | |
8774 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8775 { | |
8776 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8777 return TRUE; | |
8778 } | |
8779 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8780 } | |
8781 #endif | |
8782 | |
8783 /* | |
8784 * delete newline! | |
8785 */ | |
8786 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8787 { | |
8788 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8789 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8790 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8791 || revins_on | |
8792 #endif | |
8793 ) | |
8794 { | |
8795 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8796 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8797 return FALSE; | |
8798 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8799 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8800 } | |
8801 /* | |
8802 * In replace mode: | |
8803 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8804 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8805 */ | |
8806 cc = -1; | |
8807 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8808 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8809 /* | |
8810 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8811 * cursor. | |
8812 */ | |
8813 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8814 { | |
8815 dec_cursor(); | |
8816 } | |
8817 else | |
8818 { | |
8819 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8820 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8821 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8822 #endif | |
8823 { | |
8824 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8825 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8826 |
8827 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8828 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8829 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8830 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8831 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8832 { | |
8833 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8834 TRUE); | |
8835 int len; | |
8836 | |
835 | 8837 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8838 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8839 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8840 } | |
8841 | |
3562 | 8842 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 8843 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
8844 inc_cursor(); | |
8845 } | |
8846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8847 else | |
8848 dec_cursor(); | |
8849 #endif | |
8850 | |
8851 /* | |
8852 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8853 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8854 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8855 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8856 */ | |
8857 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8858 { | |
8859 /* | |
8860 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8861 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8862 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8863 */ | |
8864 oldState = State; | |
8865 State = NORMAL; | |
8866 /* | |
8867 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8868 */ | |
8869 while (cc > 0) | |
8870 { | |
1872 | 8871 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8872 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8873 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8874 #else | |
8875 ins_char(cc); | |
8876 #endif | |
1872 | 8877 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8878 cc = replace_pop(); |
8879 } | |
8880 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8881 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8882 State = oldState; | |
8883 } | |
8884 } | |
8885 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8886 } | |
8887 else | |
8888 { | |
8889 /* | |
8890 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8891 */ | |
8892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8893 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8894 dec_cursor(); | |
8895 #endif | |
8896 mincol = 0; | |
8897 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8898 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8899 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8900 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8901 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8902 #endif |
8903 ) | |
7 | 8904 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8905 && !revins_on | |
8906 #endif | |
8907 ) | |
8908 { | |
1872 | 8909 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8910 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8911 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8912 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8913 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8914 } |
8915 | |
8916 /* | |
8917 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8918 */ | |
8919 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8920 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
3873 | 8921 || (get_sts_value() != 0 |
1497 | 8922 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8923 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8924 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8925 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8926 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8927 { | |
8928 int ts; | |
8929 colnr_T vcol; | |
8930 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8931 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8932 |
8933 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8934 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
3740 | 8935 ts = (int)get_sw_value(); |
7 | 8936 else |
3873 | 8937 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); |
7 | 8938 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since |
8939 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8940 * the previous character. */ | |
8941 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8942 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8943 dec_cursor(); |
8944 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8945 inc_cursor(); | |
8946 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8947 | |
8948 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8949 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8950 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8951 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8952 |
8953 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8954 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8955 { | |
8956 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8957 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8958 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8959 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8960 | |
8961 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8962 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8963 ins_char(' '); | |
8964 else | |
8965 #endif | |
8966 { | |
8967 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8968 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8969 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8970 } |
8971 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8972 } | |
1460 | 8973 |
8974 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8975 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8976 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8977 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8978 } |
8979 | |
8980 /* | |
8981 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8982 */ | |
8983 else do | |
8984 { | |
8985 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8986 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8987 #endif | |
8988 dec_cursor(); | |
8989 | |
8990 /* start of word? */ | |
8991 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8992 { | |
8993 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8994 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8995 } | |
8996 /* end of word? */ | |
8997 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8998 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8999 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
9000 { | |
9001 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9002 if (!revins_on) | |
9003 #endif | |
9004 inc_cursor(); | |
9005 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9006 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9007 dec_cursor(); | |
9008 #endif | |
9009 break; | |
9010 } | |
9011 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 9012 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 9013 else |
9014 { | |
9015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9016 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 9017 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 9018 #endif |
9019 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
9020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9021 /* | |
714 | 9022 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
9023 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 9024 * character. |
9025 */ | |
714 | 9026 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 9027 inc_cursor(); |
9028 #endif | |
9029 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9030 if (revins_chars) | |
9031 { | |
9032 revins_chars--; | |
9033 revins_legal++; | |
9034 } | |
9035 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
9036 break; | |
9037 #endif | |
9038 } | |
9039 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
9040 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
9041 break; | |
9042 } while ( | |
9043 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9044 revins_on || | |
9045 #endif | |
9046 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
9047 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
9048 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
9049 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
9050 } | |
9051 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9052 did_si = FALSE; | |
9053 can_si = FALSE; | |
9054 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9055 #endif | |
9056 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
9057 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9058 /* | |
9059 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
9060 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
9061 * with. | |
9062 */ | |
9063 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
9064 | |
9065 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
9066 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9067 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
9068 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9069 | |
9070 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
9071 * was there remains visible | |
9072 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
9073 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
9074 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
9075 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
9076 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
3318 | 9077 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 9078 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
9079 | |
1514 | 9080 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9081 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
9082 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
9083 * char before a Tab. */ | |
9084 if (did_backspace) | |
9085 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9086 #endif | |
9087 | |
7 | 9088 return did_backspace; |
9089 } | |
9090 | |
9091 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
9092 static void | |
9093 ins_mouse(c) | |
9094 int c; | |
9095 { | |
9096 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 9097 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 9098 |
9099 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9100 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
9101 if (!gui.in_use) | |
9102 # endif | |
9103 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
9104 return; | |
9105 | |
9106 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9107 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9108 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
9109 { | |
840 | 9110 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
9111 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
9112 | |
9113 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
9114 { | |
9115 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
9116 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
9117 curwin = old_curwin; | |
9118 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9119 } | |
9120 #endif | |
9121 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
9122 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9123 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
9124 { | |
9125 curwin = new_curwin; | |
9126 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9127 } | |
9128 #endif | |
7 | 9129 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
9130 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9131 # endif | |
9132 } | |
9133 | |
9134 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9135 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
9136 redraw_statuslines(); | |
9137 #endif | |
9138 } | |
9139 | |
9140 static void | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9141 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9142 int dir; |
7 | 9143 { |
9144 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 9145 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
9146 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
9147 # endif | |
9148 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9149 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 9150 # endif |
9151 | |
9152 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9153 | |
4162 | 9154 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
9155 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
7 | 9156 { |
9157 int row, col; | |
9158 | |
9159 row = mouse_row; | |
9160 col = mouse_col; | |
9161 | |
9162 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
9163 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
9164 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9165 } | |
9166 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
9167 # endif | |
9168 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9169 | |
1434 | 9170 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9171 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
9172 if (!pum_visible() | |
9173 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
9174 || curwin != old_curwin | |
9175 # endif | |
9176 ) | |
9177 # endif | |
9178 { | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9179 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9180 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9181 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9182 scroll_redraw(dir, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9183 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9184 else |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9185 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9186 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9187 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1434 | 9188 else |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9189 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9190 int val, step = 6; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9191 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9192 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9193 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9194 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9195 if (val < 0) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9196 val = 0; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9197 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9198 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9199 #endif |
1434 | 9200 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9201 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
9202 # endif | |
9203 } | |
7 | 9204 |
4162 | 9205 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
7 | 9206 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; |
9207 | |
9208 curwin = old_curwin; | |
9209 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
9210 # endif | |
9211 | |
1434 | 9212 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
9213 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
9214 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
9215 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
9216 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
9217 { | |
9218 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
9219 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
9220 } | |
9221 # endif | |
9222 | |
7 | 9223 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
9224 { | |
9225 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9226 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9227 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9228 # endif | |
9229 } | |
9230 } | |
9231 #endif | |
9232 | |
692 | 9233 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 9234 static void |
692 | 9235 ins_tabline(c) |
9236 int c; | |
9237 { | |
9238 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
9239 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
9240 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
9241 { | |
9242 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9243 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9244 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9245 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9246 # endif | |
9247 } | |
9248 | |
9249 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
9250 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
9251 else | |
846 | 9252 { |
692 | 9253 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 9254 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
9255 } | |
692 | 9256 } |
9257 #endif | |
9258 | |
9259 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 9260 void |
9261 ins_scroll() | |
9262 { | |
9263 pos_T tpos; | |
9264 | |
9265 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9266 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9267 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
9268 { | |
9269 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9270 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9271 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9272 # endif | |
9273 } | |
9274 } | |
9275 | |
9276 void | |
9277 ins_horscroll() | |
9278 { | |
9279 pos_T tpos; | |
9280 | |
9281 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9282 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9283 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
7 | 9284 { |
9285 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9286 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9287 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9288 # endif | |
9289 } | |
9290 } | |
9291 #endif | |
9292 | |
9293 static void | |
9294 ins_left() | |
9295 { | |
9296 pos_T tpos; | |
9297 | |
9298 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9299 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9300 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9301 #endif | |
9302 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9303 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9304 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
9305 { | |
941 | 9306 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
9307 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
9308 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
9309 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
9310 #endif | |
9311 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 9312 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9313 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
9314 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
9315 revins_legal++; | |
9316 revins_chars++; | |
9317 #endif | |
9318 } | |
9319 | |
9320 /* | |
9321 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
9322 * previous line | |
9323 */ | |
9324 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9325 { | |
9326 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9327 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
9328 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
9330 } | |
9331 else | |
9332 vim_beep(); | |
9333 } | |
9334 | |
9335 static void | |
9336 ins_home(c) | |
9337 int c; | |
9338 { | |
9339 pos_T tpos; | |
9340 | |
9341 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9342 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9343 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9344 #endif | |
9345 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9346 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9347 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
9348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
9349 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9350 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9351 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
9352 #endif | |
9353 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
9354 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9355 } | |
9356 | |
9357 static void | |
9358 ins_end(c) | |
9359 int c; | |
9360 { | |
9361 pos_T tpos; | |
9362 | |
9363 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9364 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9365 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9366 #endif | |
9367 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9368 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9369 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9370 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9371 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9372 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9373 | |
9374 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9375 } | |
9376 | |
9377 static void | |
9378 ins_s_left() | |
9379 { | |
9380 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9381 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9382 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9383 #endif | |
9384 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9385 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9386 { | |
9387 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9388 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9389 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9390 } | |
9391 else | |
9392 vim_beep(); | |
9393 } | |
9394 | |
9395 static void | |
9396 ins_right() | |
9397 { | |
9398 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9399 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9400 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9401 #endif | |
9402 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9403 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9404 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9405 || virtual_active() | |
9406 #endif | |
7 | 9407 ) |
9408 { | |
9409 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9410 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9411 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9412 if (virtual_active()) | |
9413 oneright(); | |
9414 else | |
9415 #endif | |
9416 { | |
9417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9418 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9419 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9420 else |
9421 #endif | |
9422 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9423 } | |
9424 | |
9425 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9426 revins_legal++; | |
9427 if (revins_chars) | |
9428 revins_chars--; | |
9429 #endif | |
9430 } | |
9431 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9432 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9433 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9434 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9435 { | |
9436 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9437 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9438 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9439 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9440 } | |
9441 else | |
9442 vim_beep(); | |
9443 } | |
9444 | |
9445 static void | |
9446 ins_s_right() | |
9447 { | |
9448 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9449 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9450 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9451 #endif | |
9452 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9453 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9454 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9455 { | |
9456 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9457 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9458 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9459 } | |
9460 else | |
9461 vim_beep(); | |
9462 } | |
9463 | |
9464 static void | |
9465 ins_up(startcol) | |
9466 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9467 { | |
9468 pos_T tpos; | |
9469 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9470 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9471 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9472 #endif | |
9473 | |
9474 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9475 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9476 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9477 { | |
9478 if (startcol) | |
9479 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9480 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9481 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9482 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9483 #endif | |
9484 ) | |
9485 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9486 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9487 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9488 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9489 #endif | |
9490 } | |
9491 else | |
9492 vim_beep(); | |
9493 } | |
9494 | |
9495 static void | |
9496 ins_pageup() | |
9497 { | |
9498 pos_T tpos; | |
9499 | |
9500 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9501 |
9502 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9503 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9504 { | |
9505 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9506 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9507 { | |
9508 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9509 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9510 } | |
828 | 9511 return; |
9512 } | |
9513 #endif | |
9514 | |
7 | 9515 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9516 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9517 { | |
9518 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9520 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9521 #endif | |
9522 } | |
9523 else | |
9524 vim_beep(); | |
9525 } | |
9526 | |
9527 static void | |
9528 ins_down(startcol) | |
9529 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9530 { | |
9531 pos_T tpos; | |
9532 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9533 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9534 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9535 #endif | |
9536 | |
9537 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9538 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9539 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9540 { | |
9541 if (startcol) | |
9542 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9543 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9544 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9545 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9546 #endif | |
9547 ) | |
9548 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9549 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9550 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9551 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9552 #endif | |
9553 } | |
9554 else | |
9555 vim_beep(); | |
9556 } | |
9557 | |
9558 static void | |
9559 ins_pagedown() | |
9560 { | |
9561 pos_T tpos; | |
9562 | |
9563 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9564 |
9565 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9566 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9567 { | |
9568 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9569 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9570 { | |
9571 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9572 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9573 } | |
828 | 9574 return; |
9575 } | |
9576 #endif | |
9577 | |
7 | 9578 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9579 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9580 { | |
9581 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9582 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9583 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9584 #endif | |
9585 } | |
9586 else | |
9587 vim_beep(); | |
9588 } | |
9589 | |
9590 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9591 static void | |
9592 ins_drop() | |
9593 { | |
9594 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9595 } | |
9596 #endif | |
9597 | |
9598 /* | |
9599 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9600 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9601 */ | |
9602 static int | |
9603 ins_tab() | |
9604 { | |
9605 int ind; | |
9606 int i; | |
9607 int temp; | |
9608 | |
9609 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9610 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9611 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9612 return FALSE; | |
9613 | |
9614 ind = inindent(0); | |
9615 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9616 if (ind) | |
9617 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9618 #endif | |
9619 | |
9620 /* | |
9621 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9622 */ | |
9623 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
3740 | 9624 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value()) |
3873 | 9625 && get_sts_value() == 0) |
7 | 9626 return TRUE; |
9627 | |
9628 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9629 return TRUE; | |
9630 | |
9631 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9632 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9633 did_si = FALSE; | |
9634 can_si = FALSE; | |
9635 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9636 #endif | |
9637 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9638 | |
9639 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
3740 | 9640 temp = (int)get_sw_value(); |
3873 | 9641 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ |
9642 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); | |
7 | 9643 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ |
9644 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9645 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9646 | |
9647 /* | |
9648 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9649 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9650 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9651 */ | |
9652 ins_char(' '); | |
9653 while (--temp > 0) | |
9654 { | |
9655 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9656 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9657 ins_char(' '); | |
9658 else | |
9659 #endif | |
9660 { | |
9661 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9662 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9663 replace_push(NUL); | |
9664 } | |
9665 } | |
9666 | |
9667 /* | |
9668 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9669 */ | |
3873 | 9670 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) |
7 | 9671 { |
9672 char_u *ptr; | |
9673 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9674 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9675 pos_T pos; | |
9676 #endif | |
9677 pos_T fpos; | |
9678 pos_T *cursor; | |
9679 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9680 int change_col = -1; | |
9681 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9682 | |
9683 /* | |
9684 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9685 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9686 */ | |
9687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9688 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9689 { | |
9690 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9691 cursor = &pos; | |
9692 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9693 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9694 return FALSE; | |
9695 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9696 } | |
9697 else | |
9698 #endif | |
9699 { | |
9700 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9701 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9702 } | |
9703 | |
9704 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9705 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9706 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9707 | |
9708 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9709 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9710 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9711 { | |
9712 --fpos.col; | |
9713 --ptr; | |
9714 } | |
9715 | |
9716 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9717 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9718 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9719 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9720 { | |
9721 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9722 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9723 } | |
9724 | |
9725 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9726 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9727 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9728 | |
9729 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9730 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9731 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9732 { | |
9733 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9734 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9735 break; | |
9736 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9737 { | |
9738 *ptr = TAB; | |
9739 if (change_col < 0) | |
9740 { | |
9741 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9742 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9743 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9744 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9745 } | |
9746 } | |
9747 ++fpos.col; | |
9748 ++ptr; | |
9749 vcol += i; | |
9750 } | |
9751 | |
9752 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9753 { | |
9754 int repl_off = 0; | |
9755 | |
9756 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9757 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9758 { | |
9759 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9760 ++ptr; | |
9761 ++repl_off; | |
9762 } | |
9763 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9764 { | |
9765 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9766 --ptr; | |
9767 --repl_off; | |
9768 } | |
9769 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9770 | |
9771 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9772 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9773 if (i > 0) | |
9774 { | |
1622 | 9775 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9776 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9777 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9778 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9779 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9780 #endif | |
9781 ) | |
9782 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9783 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9784 } | |
33 | 9785 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 9786 if (netbeans_active()) |
33 | 9787 { |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9788 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
33 | 9789 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
9790 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9791 } | |
9792 #endif | |
7 | 9793 cursor->col -= i; |
9794 | |
9795 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9796 /* | |
9797 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9798 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9799 * spacing. | |
9800 */ | |
9801 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9802 { | |
9803 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9804 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9805 | |
9806 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9807 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9808 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9809 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9810 } | |
9811 #endif | |
9812 } | |
9813 | |
9814 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9815 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9816 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9817 #endif | |
9818 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9819 } | |
9820 | |
9821 return FALSE; | |
9822 } | |
9823 | |
9824 /* | |
9825 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9826 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9827 */ | |
9828 static int | |
9829 ins_eol(c) | |
9830 int c; | |
9831 { | |
9832 int i; | |
9833 | |
9834 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9835 return FALSE; | |
9836 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9837 return TRUE; | |
9838 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9839 | |
9840 /* | |
9841 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9842 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9843 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9844 */ | |
9845 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9847 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9848 #endif | |
9849 ) | |
9850 replace_push(NUL); | |
9851 | |
9852 /* | |
9853 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9854 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9855 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9856 * in open_line(). | |
9857 */ | |
9858 | |
844 | 9859 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9860 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9861 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9862 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9863 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9864 #endif | |
9865 | |
7 | 9866 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9867 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9868 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9869 fkmap(NL); | |
9870 # endif | |
9871 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9872 * current line. */ | |
9873 if (revins_on) | |
9874 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9875 #endif | |
9876 | |
9877 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9878 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9880 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9881 #endif | |
9882 0, old_indent); | |
9883 old_indent = 0; | |
9884 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9885 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9886 #endif | |
1032 | 9887 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9888 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9889 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9890 #endif | |
7 | 9891 |
9892 return (!i); | |
9893 } | |
9894 | |
9895 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9896 /* | |
9897 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9898 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9899 * done. | |
9900 */ | |
9901 static int | |
9902 ins_digraph() | |
9903 { | |
9904 int c; | |
9905 int cc; | |
2811 | 9906 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9907 |
9908 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9909 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9910 { | |
9911 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9912 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9913 |
9914 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
2811 | 9915 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9916 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
9917 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9918 #endif | |
9919 } | |
9920 | |
9921 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9922 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9923 #endif | |
9924 | |
9925 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9926 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9927 ++no_mapping; | |
9928 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9929 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9930 --no_mapping; |
9931 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9932 if (did_putchar) |
9933 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
9934 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
9935 edit_unputchar(); | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9936 |
7 | 9937 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
9938 { | |
9939 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9940 clear_showcmd(); | |
9941 #endif | |
9942 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9943 return NUL; | |
9944 } | |
9945 if (c != ESC) | |
9946 { | |
2811 | 9947 did_putchar = FALSE; |
7 | 9948 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
9949 { | |
9950 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9951 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9952 |
9953 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9954 { | |
661 | 9955 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9956 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
2811 | 9957 did_putchar = TRUE; |
7 | 9958 } |
9959 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9960 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9961 #endif | |
9962 } | |
9963 ++no_mapping; | |
9964 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9965 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9966 --no_mapping; |
9967 --allow_keys; | |
2811 | 9968 if (did_putchar) |
9969 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
9970 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
9971 edit_unputchar(); | |
7 | 9972 if (cc != ESC) |
9973 { | |
9974 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9975 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9976 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9977 clear_showcmd(); | |
9978 #endif | |
9979 return c; | |
9980 } | |
9981 } | |
9982 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9983 clear_showcmd(); | |
9984 #endif | |
9985 return NUL; | |
9986 } | |
9987 #endif | |
9988 | |
9989 /* | |
9990 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9991 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9992 */ | |
3501 | 9993 int |
7 | 9994 ins_copychar(lnum) |
9995 linenr_T lnum; | |
9996 { | |
9997 int c; | |
9998 int temp; | |
9999 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
10000 | |
10001 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
10002 { | |
10003 vim_beep(); | |
10004 return NUL; | |
10005 } | |
10006 | |
10007 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
10008 temp = 0; | |
10009 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
10010 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
10011 validate_virtcol(); | |
10012 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
10013 { | |
10014 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
10015 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
10016 } | |
10017 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
10018 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
10019 | |
10020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
10021 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
10022 #else | |
10023 c = *ptr; | |
10024 #endif | |
10025 if (c == NUL) | |
10026 vim_beep(); | |
10027 return c; | |
10028 } | |
10029 | |
449 | 10030 /* |
10031 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
10032 */ | |
10033 static int | |
10034 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
10035 int tc; | |
10036 { | |
10037 int c = tc; | |
10038 | |
10039 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
10040 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
10041 { | |
10042 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
10043 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
10044 else | |
10045 scrollup_clamp(); | |
10046 redraw_later(VALID); | |
10047 } | |
10048 else | |
10049 #endif | |
10050 { | |
10051 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
10052 if (c != NUL) | |
10053 { | |
10054 long tw_save; | |
10055 | |
10056 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
10057 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
10058 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
10059 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
10060 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
10061 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
10062 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
10063 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
10064 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
10065 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
10066 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
10067 revins_chars++; | |
10068 revins_legal++; | |
10069 #endif | |
10070 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
10071 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
10072 } | |
10073 } | |
10074 return c; | |
10075 } | |
10076 | |
7 | 10077 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
10078 /* | |
10079 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
10080 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
10081 */ | |
10082 static void | |
10083 ins_try_si(c) | |
10084 int c; | |
10085 { | |
10086 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
10087 char_u *ptr; | |
10088 int i; | |
10089 int temp; | |
10090 | |
10091 /* | |
10092 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
10093 */ | |
10094 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
10095 { | |
10096 /* | |
10097 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
10098 */ | |
10099 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
10100 { | |
10101 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
10102 /* | |
10103 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
10104 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
10105 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
10106 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
10107 * lines -- webb | |
10108 */ | |
10109 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
10110 i = pos->col; | |
10111 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
10112 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
10113 ; | |
10114 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
10115 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
10116 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
10117 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
10118 i = get_indent(); | |
10119 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
10120 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
10121 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 10122 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 10123 else |
10124 #endif | |
10125 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
10126 } | |
10127 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
10128 { | |
10129 /* | |
10130 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
10131 * more than indent of previous line | |
10132 */ | |
10133 temp = TRUE; | |
10134 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
10135 { | |
10136 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
10137 i = get_indent(); | |
10138 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
10139 { | |
10140 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
10141 | |
10142 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
10143 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
10144 break; | |
10145 } | |
10146 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
10147 temp = FALSE; | |
10148 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
10149 } | |
10150 if (temp) | |
1516 | 10151 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 10152 } |
10153 } | |
10154 | |
10155 /* | |
10156 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
10157 */ | |
10158 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
10159 { | |
10160 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
10161 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
10162 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
10163 } | |
10164 | |
10165 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
10166 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
10167 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
10168 } | |
10169 #endif | |
10170 | |
10171 /* | |
10172 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
10173 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
10174 */ | |
10175 static colnr_T | |
10176 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
10177 { | |
10178 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
10179 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
10180 validate_virtcol(); | |
10181 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
10182 } | |
3390 | 10183 |
10184 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
10185 /* | |
10186 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
10187 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
10188 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
10189 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
10190 */ | |
10191 static char_u * | |
10192 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
10193 int c; | |
10194 { | |
3547 | 10195 char_u *res; |
10196 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3390 | 10197 |
10198 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
10199 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
10200 return NULL; | |
10201 | |
3547 | 10202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
10203 if (has_mbyte) | |
10204 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
10205 else | |
10206 #endif | |
10207 { | |
10208 buf[0] = c; | |
10209 buf[1] = NUL; | |
10210 } | |
10211 | |
3390 | 10212 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
10213 ++textlock; | |
3547 | 10214 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
10215 | |
10216 res = NULL; | |
3390 | 10217 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
3547 | 10218 { |
10219 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
10220 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
10221 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
10222 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
10223 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
10224 } | |
3390 | 10225 |
10226 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
10227 --textlock; | |
10228 | |
10229 return res; | |
10230 } | |
10231 #endif |